Produced by Araxis Merge on 10/2/2017 7:00:28 AM Central Daylight Time. See www.araxis.com for information about Merge. This report uses XHTML and CSS2, and is best viewed with a modern standards-compliant browser. For optimum results when printing this report, use landscape orientation and enable printing of background images and colours in your browser.
| # | Location | File | Last Modified |
|---|---|---|---|
| 1 | cds.zip\cds\product\production\opencds\opencds-documentation\SourceMaterialAndNotes\Terminology\Documentation | dtseditor.pdf | Fri Jul 1 17:45:46 2016 UTC |
| 2 | cds.zip\cds\product\production\opencds\opencds-documentation\SourceMaterialAndNotes\Terminology\Documentation | dtseditor.pdf | Wed Sep 27 16:13:54 2017 UTC |
| Description | Between Files 1 and 2 |
|
|---|---|---|
| Text Blocks | Lines | |
| Unchanged | 1 | 8372 |
| Changed | 0 | 0 |
| Inserted | 0 | 0 |
| Removed | 0 | 0 |
| Whitespace | |
|---|---|
| Character case | Differences in character case are significant |
| Line endings | Differences in line endings (CR and LF characters) are ignored |
| CR/LF characters | Not shown in the comparison detail |
No regular expressions were active.
| 1 | ||
| 2 | Apelon, In c. | |
| 3 | Suite 202, 100 Danbu ry Road | |
| 4 | Ridgefield , CT 06877 | |
| 5 | ||
| 6 | Phone: (203) 431 -2530 | |
| 7 | Fax: (203) 431-2523 | |
| 8 | www.apelon .com | |
| 9 | ||
| 10 | ||
| 11 | ||
| 12 | ||
| 13 | ||
| 14 | ||
| 15 | Apelon Dis tributed T erminology System (D TS) | |
| 16 | ||
| 17 | DTS Editor Users Gui de | |
| 18 | ||
| 19 | ||
| 20 | ||
| 21 | ||
| 22 | ||
| 23 | ||
| 24 | ||
| 25 | ||
| 26 | ||
| 27 | ||
| 28 | ||
| 29 | ||
| 30 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 31 | Page 2 o f 147 | |
| 32 | ||
| 33 | ||
| 34 | Table of C ontents | |
| 35 | Introducti on........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... 7 | |
| 36 | Namespaces ......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 7 | |
| 37 | Ontylog Na mespaces.. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 7 | |
| 38 | Ontylog Ex tension Na mespaces.. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........ 7 | |
| 39 | Thesaurus Namespaces ......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .... 8 | |
| 40 | Subsets of Namespace s ........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 8 | |
| 41 | Purpose of This Guid e ........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... 8 | |
| 42 | Connect to the DTS E ditor .... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 9 | |
| 43 | Connection and Logon ......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 9 | |
| 44 | Socket Ser ver Connec tion ..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .. 10 | |
| 45 | Secure Soc ket Server Connectio n ........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 10 | |
| 46 | JDBC Local Connectio n......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 11 | |
| 47 | Content Li cense Agre ements.... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .. 12 | |
| 48 | Disconnect From the DTS Editor ......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... 13 | |
| 49 | Set Curren t Local Na mespace .. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .. 14 | |
| 50 | The DTS Ed itor Main Window.... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .. 15 | |
| 51 | Modify Mai n Window P anel Sizes .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 16 | |
| 52 | DTS Editor Main Wind ow Menu Op tions .... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 16 | |
| 53 | File Menu .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .. 16 | |
| 54 | View Menu. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......... 17 | |
| 55 | Tools Menu ......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... 17 | |
| 56 | Options Me nu........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........ 1 9 | |
| 57 | Help ..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...... 19 | |
| 58 | DTS Editor Main Wind ow Toolbar Options . .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 19 | |
| 59 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 60 | Page 3 o f 147 | |
| 61 | ||
| 62 | ||
| 63 | DTS Editor Main Wind ow Tab Vie w Options. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........ 2 1 | |
| 64 | DTS Editor Keyboard Options .. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 22 | |
| 65 | View Conce pt Tree – Tree Tab . .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 22 | |
| 66 | Concept Tr ee Panel D isplay Pre ferences.. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...... 23 | |
| 67 | Ontylog Tr ee Prefere nces...... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .. 23 | |
| 68 | Classic Vi ew........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... 23 | |
| 69 | Container View ..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........ 2 4 | |
| 70 | Inline Vie w......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 25 | |
| 71 | Icons and Colors.... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........ 2 5 | |
| 72 | Concept Na me and Att ribute Tex t Wrapping ......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........ 2 6 | |
| 73 | Click to E dit (Ontyl og or Thes aurus Tree )......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ... 27 | |
| 74 | Multiple P anel Insta nces...... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 27 | |
| 75 | Customize the Tree V iew ...... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 28 | |
| 76 | Hierarchy Tree View. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .... 28 | |
| 77 | Associatio n Tree Vie w......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ... 29 | |
| 78 | View Conce pts in a S elected Na mespace Su bset...... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...... 31 | |
| 79 | Concept Wa lker View .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...... 33 | |
| 80 | Hierarchy View ..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........ 3 3 | |
| 81 | Associatio n View ... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 36 | |
| 82 | View Subse t Concepts in the Co ncept Walk er........ .......... .......... .......... .......... ........ 3 7 | |
| 83 | Concept Na me and Att ribute Tex t Wrapping ......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........ 3 8 | |
| 84 | Concept Se arch ..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 40 | |
| 85 | Search for Concepts or Terms B ased On Na me........ .......... .......... .......... .......... ......... 44 | |
| 86 | Search for Concepts With Selec ted Synony ms ....... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 45 | |
| 87 | Search for Concepts With Selec ted Proper ties ..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .... 47 | |
| 88 | Search for Concepts Using the Word Match Feature.. .......... .......... .......... .......... .... 48 | |
| 89 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 90 | Page 4 o f 147 | |
| 91 | ||
| 92 | ||
| 93 | Search For Concepts With Selec ted Roles .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 50 | |
| 94 | Search for Concepts With Selec ted Invers e Roles .. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 52 | |
| 95 | Search for Concepts With Selec ted Concep t Associat ions ..... .......... .......... .......... ..... 53 | |
| 96 | Search for Concepts With Selec ted Invers e Concept Associatio ns........ .......... .......... 55 | |
| 97 | Search for Concepts in a Knowl edgebase “ Silo” .... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 57 | |
| 98 | Search for Concepts in a Names pace Subse t......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ... 60 | |
| 99 | Namespace Maintenanc e ........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 62 | |
| 100 | Overview . .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 62 | |
| 101 | Ontylog Na mespaces.. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ... 62 | |
| 102 | Thesaurus Namespaces ......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .. 63 | |
| 103 | Connection Namespace s ........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 63 | |
| 104 | Current Lo cal Namesp ace ...... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .... 64 | |
| 105 | Create a L ocal Names pace ..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .... 65 | |
| 106 | View and E dit an Exi sting Name space..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...... 68 | |
| 107 | Delete a L ocal Names pace ..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .... 71 | |
| 108 | Authority View and M aintenance .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......... 72 | |
| 109 | Create an Authority .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 72 | |
| 110 | View an Ex isting Aut hority for a Local N amespace.. .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 73 | |
| 111 | Delete an Authority .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 74 | |
| 112 | Associatio n Maintena nce ...... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......... 75 | |
| 113 | Associatio n Types... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... 75 | |
| 114 | Create Ass ociation T ypes...... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .. 75 | |
| 115 | View and E dit an Ass ociation T ype....... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 77 | |
| 116 | Delete an Associatio n Type.... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 79 | |
| 117 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 118 | Page 5 o f 147 | |
| 119 | ||
| 120 | ||
| 121 | Associatio n Qualifie r Types .. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 80 | |
| 122 | Create Ass ociation Q ualifier T ypes ..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 80 | |
| 123 | View and E dit an Ass ociation Q ualifier T ype ...... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... 82 | |
| 124 | Delete an Associatio n Qualifie r Type ... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...... 84 | |
| 125 | Create Ass ociations .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... 85 | |
| 126 | Filter Ass ociation T ypes...... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .... 87 | |
| 127 | Filter Ass ociation Q ualifier T ypes ..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......... 89 | |
| 128 | Synonym Ma intenance. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........ 9 1 | |
| 129 | Create Syn onyms..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......... 91 | |
| 130 | Property M aintenance ......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 94 | |
| 131 | Property T ypes...... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .. 94 | |
| 132 | Create Pro perty Type s......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .... 94 | |
| 133 | View and E dit a Prop erty Type .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......... 96 | |
| 134 | Delete a P roperty Ty pe........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .... 98 | |
| 135 | Property Q ualifier T ypes ..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 99 | |
| 136 | Create Pro perty Qual ifier Type s ........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......... 99 | |
| 137 | View and E dit a Prop erty Quali fier Type. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 101 | |
| 138 | Delete a P roperty Qu alifier Ty pe ....... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 10 3 | |
| 139 | Assign Pro perties to a Concept .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 104 | |
| 140 | Filter Pro perty Type s......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .... 106 | |
| 141 | Filter Pro perty Qual ifier Type s ........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......... 108 | |
| 142 | Concept Ma intenance. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........ 1 11 | |
| 143 | View Conce pt/Term De tails .... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... . 111 | |
| 144 | Configure Concept/Te rms Detail s Panel Vi ew ....... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...... 112 | |
| 145 | Navigate t o Other Co ncepts or Terms From Displayed Detail .. .......... .......... ....... 11 4 | |
| 146 | View Subse ts in Whic h a Concep t Resides. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........ 1 16 | |
| 147 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 148 | Page 6 o f 147 | |
| 149 | ||
| 150 | ||
| 151 | Concept Na me and Att ribute Tex t Wrapping ......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...... 117 | |
| 152 | View Conce pt/Term De tails Pane l History Using Forw ard and Ba ck Buttons .... 118 | |
| 153 | Add a New Concept/Te rm to a Lo cal Namesp ace ...... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 119 | |
| 154 | Create the New Conce pt........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... 119 | |
| 155 | Change the Name of a Concept.. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 120 | |
| 156 | Add a Syno nym to a C oncept ... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... 120 | |
| 157 | Edit a Syn onym ..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ......... 124 | |
| 158 | Delete a S ynonym.... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 12 5 | |
| 159 | Add a Prop erty to a Concept or Term..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...... 125 | |
| 160 | Edit a Con cept Prope rty....... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 128 | |
| 161 | Delete a C oncept Pro perty..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ... 130 | |
| 162 | Create an Associatio n ........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 13 0 | |
| 163 | Create a C oncept/Ter m Associat ion within a Namespa ce ....... .......... .......... ......... 135 | |
| 164 | Map Concep t/Terms ac ross Names paces..... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 13 7 | |
| 165 | View and E dit an Exi sting Asso ciation .. .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...... 140 | |
| 166 | Delete an Associatio n ........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ....... 14 1 | |
| 167 | Code and I D Generato r ........ .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ........ 1 42 | |
| 168 | Introducti on ....... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... 142 | |
| 169 | Writing an d Compilin g a Code a nd ID Gene rator .... .......... .......... .......... .......... .... 142 | |
| 170 | Registerin g a Code a nd ID Gene rator .... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ... 144 | |
| 171 | Duplicate Codes .... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ...... 145 | |
| 172 | Sample Cod e and ID G enerator . .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... .......... ..... 146 | |
| 173 | Appendix A – Adjust Memory for Remote JD BC Connect ions...... .......... .......... ........ 1 47 | |
| 174 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 175 | Page 7 of 147 | |
| 176 | Introducti on | |
| 177 | The viewin g tool in the DTS Ed itor allow s you to v iew subscr iption con tent in On tylog | |
| 178 | and Thesau rus namesp aces withi n your kno wledgebase (in DTS e ach namesp ace | |
| 179 | represents a separat e source t erminology ). All of your name spaces tog ether comp rise | |
| 180 | your knowl edgebase. You can c onfigure a tree disp lay for a broad view of a sele cted | |
| 181 | subscripti on namespa ce, then s elect an i ndividual item (e.g. , concept, term) for which to | |
| 182 | view detai led inform ation. | |
| 183 | The edit f unctions i n the DTS Editor all ow you to create and maintain new conten t in one | |
| 184 | or more lo cal namesp aces. Eac h user-def ined local namespace that you create can | |
| 185 | contain ne w concepts and/or te rms that r eside outs ide of any of your s ubscriptio n | |
| 186 | namespaces . | |
| 187 | In the loc al namespa ce you als o can map relationsh ips (i.e., create as sociations ) between | |
| 188 | selected c oncepts or terms in your local content, and specif ic concept s or terms in | |
| 189 | subscripti on namespa ce content . For exa mple, you can create a mapping between a | |
| 190 | single con cept in an Ontylog s ubscriptio n namespac e, and a n ewly creat ed synonym ous | |
| 191 | term in yo ur local n amespace. | |
| 192 | Namespaces | |
| 193 | Ontylog Na mespaces | |
| 194 | An Ontylog namespace is one cr eated usin g the Onty log langua ge, develo ped using | |
| 195 | Apelon’s T erminology Developme nt Environ ment (TDE) product. TDE, and Ontylog, | |
| 196 | allow you to build a nd maintai n knowledg ebases thr ough the u se of desc ription lo gic. | |
| 197 | Concepts a nd terms i n Ontylog are organi zed into a taxonomy through a process ca lled | |
| 198 | classifica tion. Ref er to the Ontylog Na mespaces d iscussion later in t his guide for more | |
| 199 | on Ontylog namespace s. | |
| 200 | Ontylog Ex tension Na mespaces | |
| 201 | You cannot perform e dits direc tly to an Ontylog-ty pe subscri ption name space usin g the | |
| 202 | DTS Editor . Using t he DTS Edi tor, you c an (locall y) create new concep ts and con cept | |
| 203 | relationsh ips for ea ch Ontylog subscript ion namesp ace by cre ating an O ntylog Ext ension | |
| 204 | namespace. | |
| 205 | You link t he Ontylog Extension local nam espace to the specif ic Ontylog subscript ion | |
| 206 | namespace for which you want t o add or m odify cont ent. Each Extension namespace is | |
| 207 | comprised of supplem ental cont ent that y ou create locally, c ontent tha t you can classify | |
| 208 | against th e linked O ntylog sub scription content. | |
| 209 | Classifica tion of a namespace produces t he namespa ce’s infer red view, which take s | |
| 210 | concept an d role rel ationships into acco unt. If n ecessary, classifica tion posit ions | |
| 211 | concepts i n the name space hier archy base d on these relations hips. | |
| 212 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 213 | Page 8 of 147 | |
| 214 | You may li nk each Ex tension na mespace to only a si ngle Ontyl og subscri ption | |
| 215 | namespace. You can, however, create mul tiple Exte nsion name spaces tha t link to the | |
| 216 | same Ontyl og subscri ption name space. | |
| 217 | Refer to t he Ontylog Extension Namespace s and Exte nsion Name space Clas sification in | |
| 218 | DTS docume nt for pro cedures on creating and classi fying Onty log Extens ion | |
| 219 | namespaces , and for instructio ns on inst alling and deploying the files necessary to | |
| 220 | perform cl assificati on. | |
| 221 | Thesaurus Namespaces | |
| 222 | A Thesauru s namespac e in DTS i s one in w hich conce pts and te rms are or ganized ba sed | |
| 223 | on relatio nships (as sociations ) with oth er concept s. The DT S Editor p rovides vi ew | |
| 224 | capabiliti es for sub scription namespaces with the type of Th esaurus. You can cr eate a | |
| 225 | new “local ” namespac e that is a Thesauru s type. I n the loca l namespac e you can create | |
| 226 | new conten t, and est ablish map pings to c ontent in subscripti on namespa ces (both Ontylog | |
| 227 | and Thesau rus) as we ll as othe r local na mespaces. Refer to the Thesau rus Namesp aces | |
| 228 | discussion later in this guide for more on Thesaur us namespa ces. | |
| 229 | Subsets of Namespace s | |
| 230 | A subset i s a segmen t of conce pts that y ou can cre ate from a specific namespace, based | |
| 231 | on selecti on paramet ers that y ou define. Using th e Subset E ditor func tions avai lable to | |
| 232 | you from t he DTS Edi tor Main w indow, you can creat e and main tain a sub set from a | |
| 233 | subscripti on or loca l namespac e, or from a (classi fied) exte nsion name space. If the | |
| 234 | namespace you are vi ewing in t he DTS Edi tor has on e or more subsets cr eated for it, you | |
| 235 | can highli ght each c oncept in the view t hat was se lected for a subset. Refer to the DTS | |
| 236 | Subset Edi tor Users Guide for procedures on subset creation and mainte nance in D TS. | |
| 237 | Purpose of This Guid e | |
| 238 | This guide includes procedures for using the view capabiliti es in the DTS Editor to create | |
| 239 | tree views of subscr iption con tent in On tylog and Thesaurus namespaces . Detail views | |
| 240 | are availa ble for ea ch selecte d concept/ term in a tree view. Illustra tions of d ifferent v iew | |
| 241 | scenarios are provid ed. | |
| 242 | The guide also inclu des proced ures for a dding and maintainin g one or m ore local | |
| 243 | namespaces , as well as the new content w ithin. Th is content includes new concep ts | |
| 244 | and/or ter ms, and th e attribut es related to each ( e.g., prop erties, as sociations ). Proced ures | |
| 245 | for creati ng new ass ociations between co ncepts and /or terms within a n amespace a re | |
| 246 | provided, as well as procedure s for crea ting assoc iations ac ross names paces. Il lustrated | |
| 247 | examples a re include d. | |
| 248 | ||
| 249 | ||
| 250 | ||
| 251 | ||
| 252 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 253 | Page 9 of 147 | |
| 254 | Connect to the DTS E ditor | |
| 255 | Connection and Logon | |
| 256 | Follow thi s procedur e to estab lish a con nection to the serve r where yo ur knowled gebase | |
| 257 | resides. If you int end to use a secure socket con nection, c onfirm tha t the user has been | |
| 258 | created be fore you s tart the D TS Editor; refer to the Managi ng Users d iscussions in the | |
| 259 | Apelon DTS Server Op erations G uide for p rocedures on adding and mainta ining user s. | |
| 260 | Start the DTS Term E ditor from the Windo ws Start m enu (Start >Programs> | |
| 261 | Apelon>DTS Install>Ap elon DTS E ditor, whe re DTSInst all repres ents the c urrent | |
| 262 | version). If there is a short cut for th e DTS Edit or, click the shortc ut icon. The DTS | |
| 263 | Editor Mai n window d isplays. | |
| 264 | ||
| 265 | At this po int you mu st specify the desir ed connect ion to the DTS Serve r. Select Connect | |
| 266 | Options fr om the Fil e menu. W hen the Co nnect Opti ons window displays, click on the | |
| 267 | dropdown f ield to di splay the available connection options. | |
| 268 | ||
| 269 | ||
| 270 | Select a S ocket serv er connect ion, Secur e Socket s erver conn ection, or a JDBC Lo cal | |
| 271 | connection . To use a secure s ocket conn ection, th e DTS Serv er must be configure d to | |
| 272 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 273 | Page 10 of 147 | |
| 274 | use Secure Server Mo de, and a user must have been created. Click OK. In the fo llowing | |
| 275 | discussion s, refer t o the proc edures spe cific to t he connect ion type y ou selecte d. | |
| 276 | Socket Ser ver Connec tion | |
| 277 | 1. Confirm that the Apelon DTS Server is running ( Start>Prog rams>Apelo n> | |
| 278 | DTSInstall >Start Ape lon DTS Se rver). | |
| 279 | 2. Select Socket Ser ver Connec tion from the Connec t Type Opt ion dropdo wn field, | |
| 280 | then click OK. | |
| 281 | 3. Select Connect fr om the DTS Editor Ma in window File menu. The Conn ect to | |
| 282 | Apelon Ser ver window displays. | |
| 283 | ||
| 284 | ||
| 285 | 4. Specify the conne ction Host and Port for the DT S Server ( i.e., the name of th e | |
| 286 | machine wh ere your D TS Server is running ). To rec all these values for future | |
| 287 | sessions, click Use these valu es as defa ults. | |
| 288 | 5. Click C onnect to establish the socket server co nnection t o with you r DTS Serv er. | |
| 289 | The Conten t License Agreements window di splays. | |
| 290 | Secure Soc ket Server Connectio n | |
| 291 | 1. Confirm that the Apelon DTS Server is running ( Start>Prog rams>Apelo n> | |
| 292 | DTSInstall >Start Ape lon DTS Se rver). | |
| 293 | 2. Select Secure Soc ket Server Connectio n from the Connect T ype Option dropdown | |
| 294 | field, the n click OK . | |
| 295 | 3. Select Connect fr om the DTS Editor Ma in window File menu. The Conn ect to | |
| 296 | Apelon Ser ver window displays. | |
| 297 | ||
| 298 | ||
| 299 | 4. Enter y our Host n ame (for t he machine where you r DTS Serv er is runn ing) and | |
| 300 | Port numbe r to acces s the DTS Server, yo ur Usernam e, and Pas sword. To recall | |
| 301 | these valu es for fut ure sessio ns, click Use these values as defaults. | |
| 302 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 303 | Page 11 of 147 | |
| 304 | 5. Click C onnect to establish the secure socket se rver conne ction to w ith your D TS | |
| 305 | Server. T he Content License A greements window dis plays. | |
| 306 | JDBC Local Connectio n | |
| 307 | When you i nstall DTS (using th e InstallS hield wiza rd) you mu st specify the type of | |
| 308 | database ( Oracle or Microsoft SQL Server database) on which you will m aintain yo ur | |
| 309 | DTS data, as well as the drive r through which the DTS Server and the D TS Editor will | |
| 310 | access tha t data. T he appropr iate DTS c onfigurati on files ( e.g., driv ers.xml) a re updated | |
| 311 | to reflect your sele ction. | |
| 312 | If you mai ntain the knowledgeb ase in a M icrosoft S QL Server database, you have t he | |
| 313 | option of using eith er of thes e drivers: | |
| 314 | • Microsof t JDBC dri ver (the r equired SQ L Server J DBC driver is instal led | |
| 315 | automatica lly. | |
| 316 | • I-Net Sp rinta JDBC driver (A pelon reco mmends tha t you obta in and ins tall the | |
| 317 | iSprinta E nterprise™ driver, which prov ides the m ultiple co nnections required | |
| 318 | to use DTS ). | |
| 319 | 1. Select JDBC Local Connectio n from the Connect T ype Option dropdown field, | |
| 320 | then click OK. | |
| 321 | 2. Select Connect fr om the DTS Editor Ma in window File menu. The Conn ect to | |
| 322 | Database w indow disp lays. | |
| 323 | ||
| 324 | ||
| 325 | 3. Enter y our Userna me, Passwo rd, and Ho st name (f or the mac hine where your | |
| 326 | database i s located) . To reca ll these v alues for future ses sions, cli ck Use the se | |
| 327 | values as the defaul ts. | |
| 328 | 4. If your configura tion requi res you to modify th e default Oracle ins tance and port | |
| 329 | designatio ns, or to choose SQL Server, c lick on Ad vanced. Th e Advanced Setup | |
| 330 | window dis plays. | |
| 331 | ||
| 332 | ||
| 333 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 334 | Page 12 of 147 | |
| 335 | 5. If you choose Ora cle – Thin Client Dr iver in th e Database /Driver fi eld, you c an | |
| 336 | accept the default d atabase na me in the Database n ame/instan ce field, and the | |
| 337 | default po rt number in the Por t field, o r override the defau lts to con nect to th e | |
| 338 | desired da tabase. C lick OK. | |
| 339 | - If you indicated during DT S installa tion that you mainta in your DT S | |
| 340 | knowle dgebase in a Microso ft SQL Ser ver databa se, and yo u have | |
| 341 | obtain ed and ins talled the iSprinta Enterprise driver, t hen SQL Se rver – | |
| 342 | Sprint a Driver i s included as an opt ion in the Database/ Driver fie ld. | |
| 343 | ||
| 344 | - If you indicated during DT S installa tion that you mainta in your DT S | |
| 345 | knowl edgebase i n a Micros oft SQL Se rver datab ase, and s elected th e | |
| 346 | Micro soft drive r that is provided w ith DTS, t hen SQL Se rver – Mic rosoft is | |
| 347 | inclu ded as an option in the Databa se/Driver field. | |
| 348 | ||
| 349 | In the dis played Dat abase/Driv er field, specify yo ur SQL Ser ver/driver selection . | |
| 350 | In the dis played Ins tance fiel d, specify the SQL S erver name d instance (if you a re | |
| 351 | using a de fault inst ance, leav e the fiel d blank). | |
| 352 | 6. Click C onnect on the Connec t to Datab ase window to establ ish the JD BC | |
| 353 | connection . The Con tent Licen se Agreeme nts window displays. | |
| 354 | Content Li cense Agre ements | |
| 355 | The Conten t License Agreement( s) window displays i mmediately after you establish your | |
| 356 | database c onnection. | |
| 357 | ||
| 358 | ||
| 359 | In order t o use the DTS Editor , use the Scroll Bar to list l icense ter ms for all of the | |
| 360 | vocabulari es to whic h you subs cribe. Cl ick Yes (w hich is en abled afte r you read the | |
| 361 | entire agr eement) to accept th e terms; t he DTS Edi tor Main w indow redi splays. | |
| 362 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 363 | Page 13 of 147 | |
| 364 | Disconnect From the DTS Editor | |
| 365 | Select Dis connect fr om the Fil e menu, or click the toolbar D isconnect icon. If there is | |
| 366 | unsaved da ta (new or modified) in one of the DTS E ditor comp onents, th e followin g | |
| 367 | confirmati on window displays. | |
| 368 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 369 | Page 14 of 147 | |
| 370 | ||
| 371 | ||
| 372 | Click Yes to close t he compone nt and dis connect wi thout revi ewing or u pdating un saved | |
| 373 | data; disp layed floa ting panel s are clos ed when yo u disconne ct. Click Cancel to | |
| 374 | disregard the discon nect reque st. | |
| 375 | Set Curren t Local Na mespace | |
| 376 | When you f irst log i nto the DT S Editor y ou have th e option t o set a cu rrent loca l | |
| 377 | namespace. Select S et Current Local Nam espace fro m the Opti ons menu, or select | |
| 378 | the Set Cu rrent Loca l Namespac e icon fro m the Main window to olbar opti ons. The Set | |
| 379 | Current Lo cal Namesp ace window displays. | |
| 380 | ||
| 381 | The namesp ace select ed here be comes the default lo cal (writa ble) names pace for t he | |
| 382 | addition a nd mainten ance of pr operty typ es, associ ation type s, and qua lifier typ es to be | |
| 383 | used when you add lo cal conten t to a sub scription namespace. | |
| 384 | Thereafter , you can add a new property, synonym, o r associat ion to a c oncept or term in a | |
| 385 | subscripti on namespa ce, or add a qualifi er to a pr operty or an associa tion, as l ong as the | |
| 386 | appropriat e attribut e type (e. g., proper ty type) e xists in t he current local nam espace. | |
| 387 | You have t he option of changin g the loca l namespac e at a lat er time. Attributes added in | |
| 388 | this manne r to a con cept or te rm in a su bscription namespace are liste d in itali cs in the | |
| 389 | Concept/Te rm Details View, as well as in the Conce pt Tree Vi ew (Contai ner and | |
| 390 | Inline ver sions of t he view). Note the illustrati on. | |
| 391 | ||
| 392 | The attrib utes thems elves actu ally are w ritten to the local namespace. No datab ase | |
| 393 | updates oc cur for th e subscrip tion names pace itsel f. Refer to the Ont ylog Exten sion | |
| 394 | Namespaces and Exten sion Names pace Class ification in DTS doc ument for procedures | |
| 395 | on creatin g an Ontyl og Extensi on namespa ce that yo u can empl oy as a lo cal namesp ace. | |
| 396 | Local Name space Cont ent in Ita lics | |
| 397 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 398 | Page 15 of 147 | |
| 399 | The DTS Ed itor Main Window | |
| 400 | The DTS Ed itor Main window dis plays as s oon as you accept th e terms of the Conte nt | |
| 401 | License Ag reements ( click Yes on the Con tent Licen ses Agreem ents windo w). The D TS | |
| 402 | Editor ver sion numbe r displays in the wi ndow heade r. The wi ndow consi sts of two main | |
| 403 | display pa nes. The panels ava ilable in the left p ane of the window re late to gl obal | |
| 404 | navigation and viewi ng tasks. | |
| 405 | When the w indow firs t opens, t he Tree ta b is selec ted and th e Concept Tree panel | |
| 406 | displays i n the left pane. Wh en you sel ect a name space from the Names pace dropd own | |
| 407 | field, thi s tree unf olds the t axonomy to display t he concept hierarchy for the s elected | |
| 408 | namespace in the kno wledgebase . | |
| 409 | ||
| 410 | You can na vigate thr ough the c oncept tre e to locat e concepts for view. | |
| 411 | The Concep t/Term Det ails panel displays in the rig ht pane. Here you m ay view co ncept | |
| 412 | details, e dit concep t properti es locally , and add new concep ts. Each of these p anels is | |
| 413 | discussed in more de tail later in the gu ide. | |
| 414 | The Status Bar locat ed at the bottom of the window indicates whether o r not you are | |
| 415 | connected to the dat abase. Th e DTS Serv er connect ion host a nd port di splay as w ell. | |
| 416 | The Window s Text Edi t function s Cut, Cop y, and Pas te are ava ilable in many of th e | |
| 417 | DTS Editor data entr y fields t hrough key board shor tcuts (CTR L-X, CTRL- C, and | |
| 418 | CTRL V, re spectively ). | |
| 419 | ||
| 420 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 421 | Page 16 of 147 | |
| 422 | Modify Mai n Window P anel Sizes | |
| 423 | You can mo dify the d isplay by clicking a nd draggin g the edge of the pa ne you wan t to | |
| 424 | resize. N ote the re sized pane s in the f ollowing i llustratio n. | |
| 425 | ||
| 426 | The resize d panel se ttings are retained if you dis connect fr om the DTS Server, t hen | |
| 427 | reconnect. | |
| 428 | DTS Editor Main Wind ow Menu Op tions | |
| 429 | File Menu | |
| 430 | Connect - Establishe s your con nection to the DTS S erver and the knowle dgebase (y ou | |
| 431 | also can c lick the C onnect ico n in the t oolbar). | |
| 432 | Disconnect - Disconn ects you f rom the DT S Server a nd the kno wledgebase (you also can | |
| 433 | click the Disconnect icon in t he toolbar ). | |
| 434 | Connect Op tions - Di splays con nection op tions on t he Connect Options w indow; sel ect | |
| 435 | the desire d connecti on type to the DTS S erver, or a direct c onnection to a datab ase. | |
| 436 | Exit - End s this DTS Editor se ssion and exits the program. | |
| 437 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 438 | Page 17 of 147 | |
| 439 | View Menu | |
| 440 | Status Bar - Lets yo u toggle t he Status Bar on or off. The Status Bar , located at the | |
| 441 | bottom of the window , indicate s if you a re connect ed to the knowledgeb ase, and | |
| 442 | identifies the user and host c onnection. | |
| 443 | Tools Menu | |
| 444 | New Concep t Tree - D isplays th e Concept Tree panel as a floa ting windo w (you als o | |
| 445 | can click the Open N ew Tree ic on in the toolbar). Use this window in addition t o the | |
| 446 | Concept Tr ee panel, which you can displa y by click ing the Tr ee tab in the left p ane. | |
| 447 | New Concep t Walker - Displays the Concep t Walker p anel as a floating w indow (you | |
| 448 | also can c lick the t oolbar’s O pen New Wa lker icon) . Use thi s window i n addition to the | |
| 449 | Concept Wa lker panel , which yo u can disp lay by cli cking the Walker tab in the le ft pane. | |
| 450 | New Search - Lets yo u open the Search pa nel as a s eparate wi ndow (you also can c lick | |
| 451 | the Search icon in t he toolbar ). The Se arch panel allows yo u to searc h for a co ncept | |
| 452 | based on t he paramet ers you sp ecify. Us e this win dow as an alternativ e to the S earch | |
| 453 | panel, whi ch you can display b y clicking the Searc h tab in t he left pa ne. | |
| 454 | Concept/Te rm Details - Display s the Conc ept/Term D etails pop up window (you also | |
| 455 | can click the Open N ew Details Panel ico n in the t oolbar. T he Concept /Term Deta ils | |
| 456 | window lis ts detaile d informat ion for an y concept you drag a nd drop on the windo w from | |
| 457 | anywhere e lse in the applicati on. | |
| 458 | Associatio ns - Displ ays the As sociation Editor flo ating wind ow, which allows you to | |
| 459 | create and maintain associatio ns between concepts or terms w ithin the same names pace, | |
| 460 | or across namespaces (you also can click the Open Associatio n Editor i con in the | |
| 461 | toolbar). For each associatio n you can specify on e or more establishe d qualifie r types | |
| 462 | and values ; these pr ovide addi tional det ail regard ing the na ture of a concept or term | |
| 463 | associatio n (e.g., U sually). | |
| 464 | Properties - Display s the Prop erty Edito r floating window, w hich allow s you to v iew, | |
| 465 | create, an d maintain propertie s for a co ncept or t erm (you a lso can cl ick the to olbar’s | |
| 466 | Open Prope rty Editor icon). A property is a piece of user-d efined inf ormation t hat can | |
| 467 | be linked to a conce pt or term , and can be used fo r any purp ose. For each prope rty you | |
| 468 | can specif y one or m ore establ ished qual ifier type s and valu es; these provide ad ditional | |
| 469 | detail reg arding the nature of a concept or term p roperty (e .g., Curre nt). | |
| 470 | Synonyms - Displays the Synony m Editor f loating wi ndow, whic h allows y ou to | |
| 471 | establish a synonymo us term fo r a concep t (you als o can clic k the Open Synonym | |
| 472 | Editor ico n in the t oolbar). | |
| 473 | Associatio n Types - Each assoc iation you create be tween two concepts o r terms mu st be | |
| 474 | assigned a specific type to in dicate the nature of the relat ionship (e .g., one c oncept is | |
| 475 | Broader Th an the oth er, or is a Parent o f the othe r). Click this opti on to disp lay the | |
| 476 | Associatio n Types wi ndow, whic h allows y ou to view , create, and mainta in associa tion | |
| 477 | types. | |
| 478 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 479 | Page 18 of 147 | |
| 480 | Property T ypes - Eac h property that is a ssigned to a concept has a pro perty type , which | |
| 481 | defines th e nature o f the prop erty (e.g. , Document , Code). Multiple v alues can be | |
| 482 | related to each prop erty type. Click th is option to display the Prope rty Types window, | |
| 483 | which allo ws you to view, crea te, and ma intain pro perty type s. | |
| 484 | Qualifier Types - Qu alifier ty pes, and t heir assoc iated valu es, provid e addition al detail | |
| 485 | regarding the nature of a conc ept or ter m property (e.g., Cu rrent) or a concept or term | |
| 486 | associatio n (e.g., U sually). Click this option to display t he Qualifi er Type Ed itor float ing | |
| 487 | window, wh ich allows you to vi ew, create , and main tain quali fier types . | |
| 488 | Kinds - Di splays the Kind View er floatin g window, which list s all kind s that hav e been | |
| 489 | defined wi thin all o f the Onty log namesp aces in yo ur knowled gebase. E ach concep t in | |
| 490 | an Ontylog namespace must be a ssigned a kind to id entify the concept’s type (spe cimen, | |
| 491 | procedure, etc.). | |
| 492 | ||
| 493 | This listi ng of esta blished ki nds may be helpful i f you defi ne new con cepts in a n Ontylog | |
| 494 | Extension namespace. Refer to the Creat e and Main tain Ontyl og Extensi on Namespa ces | |
| 495 | discussion s in the O ntylog Ext ension Nam espaces an d Extensio n Namespac e | |
| 496 | Classifica tion in DT S document for more on concept kinds. | |
| 497 | Role Types - Display s the Role Type View er floatin g window, which list s all role s that | |
| 498 | have been defined wi thin the O ntylog nam espaces in your know ledgebase. Each con cept | |
| 499 | in an Onty log namesp ace can be assigned one or mor e roles (e ach define d by a Rol e | |
| 500 | Type); eac h role des cribes a u ser-define d relation ship betwe en differe nt establi shed | |
| 501 | kinds. | |
| 502 | ||
| 503 | This listi ng of esta blished ro le types m ay be help ful if you define ne w concepts in an | |
| 504 | Ontylog Ex tension na mespace. Refer to t he Create and Mainta in Ontylog Extension | |
| 505 | Namespaces discussio ns in the Ontylog Ex tension Na mespaces a nd Extensi on | |
| 506 | Namespace Classifica tion in DT S document for more on concept roles. | |
| 507 | Namespace - Displays the Names pace Edito r floating window, w hich allow s you to | |
| 508 | view, crea te, and ma intain the namespace s in your knowledgeb ase. | |
| 509 | Classify - This opti on is enab led only i f the curr ent local namespace is an Onty log | |
| 510 | Extension namespace. Click th is option to perform classific ation on t he current | |
| 511 | Extension local name space (you also can click the Classify i con in the toolbar). Refer to | |
| 512 | the Classi fy an Onty log Extens ion Namesp ace discus sions in t he Ontylog Extension | |
| 513 | Namespaces and Exten sion Names pace Class ification in DTS doc ument for more on | |
| 514 | Ontylog Ex tension na mespace cl assificati on. | |
| 515 | Classify E rrors - Th is option is enabled only if t he current local nam espace is an | |
| 516 | Ontylog Ex tension na mespace. Click this option to display t he Classif y Errors w indow, | |
| 517 | which list s errors t hat occurr ed during classifica tion of th e current Extension local | |
| 518 | namespace. Refer to the Class ify an Ont ylog Exten sion Names pace discu ssions in the | |
| 519 | Ontylog Ex tension Na mespaces a nd Extensi on Namespa ce Classif ication in DTS | |
| 520 | document f or more on Ontylog E xtension n amespace c lassificat ion. | |
| 521 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 522 | Page 19 of 147 | |
| 523 | New Subset List - Op ens the DT S Editor S ubset List panel as a floating window (y ou | |
| 524 | also can c lick the O pen Subset List Pane l icon in the toolba r). The S ubset List panel | |
| 525 | allows you to search for and l ist the na mespace su bsets that are avail able in yo ur DTS | |
| 526 | knowledgeb ase. Refe r to the D TS Subset Editor Use rs Guide f or procedu res on cre ating | |
| 527 | and mainta ining DTS subsets. | |
| 528 | New Subset Editor - Opens the DTS Editor Subset Ex pression E ditor pane l as a flo ating | |
| 529 | window (yo u also can click the Open Subs et Express ion Editor icon in t he toolbar ). | |
| 530 | The Subset Expressio n Editor p anel allow s you to e dit the fi lters thro ugh which | |
| 531 | namespace subsets ar e created. Refer to the DTS S ubset Edit or Users G uide for | |
| 532 | procedures on creati ng and mai ntaining D TS subsets . | |
| 533 | Options Me nu | |
| 534 | Code and I D Generato r - Concep t codes an d IDs are concept id entifiers generated | |
| 535 | automatica lly and as signed to each new c oncept you create us ing the DT S Editor. The | |
| 536 | options av ailable he re allow y ou to cust omize the format of the codes and IDs as signed to | |
| 537 | new concep ts. | |
| 538 | Set Curren t Local Na mespace – Lets you s elect the default lo cal namesp ace, in wh ich | |
| 539 | you can ad d and main tain local content f or a subsc ription na mespace. You also c an click | |
| 540 | the Set Cu rrent Loca l Namespac e icon in the toolba r. | |
| 541 | Help | |
| 542 | Help Topic s - Provid es online help (you also can c lick the H elp icon i n the tool bar). | |
| 543 | About DTS Editor – T he DTS Edi tor versio n, copyrig ht date, e tc. | |
| 544 | DTS Editor Main Wind ow Toolbar Options | |
| 545 | Most of th e options available from the m enus on th e DTS Edit or Main wi ndow also are | |
| 546 | available from the w indow tool bar. | |
| 547 | ||
| 548 | Connect t o DTS Serv er - Estab lishes you r connecti on to the DTS Server and the | |
| 549 | knowledgeb ase (you a lso can cl ick Connec t in the F ile menu). | |
| 550 | ||
| 551 | Disconnec t - Discon nects you from the D TS Server and the kn owledgebas e | |
| 552 | (you also can click Disconnect in the Fi le menu). | |
| 553 | ||
| 554 | Open New Tree - Dis plays the Concept Tr ee panel a s a floati ng window (you | |
| 555 | also can c lick New C oncept Tre e in the T ools menu) . Use thi s window i n conjunct ion | |
| 556 | with the C oncept Tre e panel th at you can display b y clicking the Tree tab in the left pane . | |
| 557 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 558 | Page 20 of 147 | |
| 559 | Open New Walker - D isplays th e Concept Walker pan el as a fl oating win dow | |
| 560 | (you also can click New Concep t Walker i n the Tool s menu). Use this w indow in | |
| 561 | conjunctio n with the Concept W alker pane l that you can displ ay by clic king the W alker | |
| 562 | tab in the left pane . | |
| 563 | ||
| 564 | Search – Displays t he Search panel as a separate window (yo u also can click | |
| 565 | New Search in the To ols menu). The Sear ch panel a llows you to search for a conc ept | |
| 566 | based on t he paramet ers you sp ecify. Us e this win dow in con junction w ith, or as an | |
| 567 | alternativ e to, the Search pan el that yo u can disp lay by cli cking the Search | |
| 568 | tab in the left pane . | |
| 569 | ||
| 570 | Set Curre nt Local N amespace - Allows yo u to selec t the defa ult local | |
| 571 | namespace, to which you can ad d and main tain local content f or a subsc ription | |
| 572 | namespace (you also can click Set Curren t Local Na mespace in the Optio ns menu). | |
| 573 | ||
| 574 | Classify - This ico n is enabl ed only if the curre nt local n amespace i s an Ontyl og | |
| 575 | Extension type names pace. Cli ck to perf orm classi fication o n the curr ent Ontylo g | |
| 576 | Extension local name space (you also can click Clas sify in th e Tools me nu). Refe r to the | |
| 577 | Classify a n Ontylog Extension Namespace discussion s in the O ntylog Ext ension | |
| 578 | Namespaces and Exten sion Names pace Class ification in DTS doc ument for more on | |
| 579 | Ontylog Ex tension na mespace cl assificati on. | |
| 580 | ||
| 581 | Open New Details Pa nel - Disp lays the C oncept/Ter m Details popup | |
| 582 | window, wh ich lists detailed i nformation for any c oncept you drag and drop on th e | |
| 583 | window fro m anywhere else in t he applica tion (you also can c lick Conce pt/Term De tails | |
| 584 | in the Too ls menu). | |
| 585 | ||
| 586 | Open Asso ciation Ed itor - Dis plays the Associatio n Editor f loating wi ndow, | |
| 587 | which allo ws you to create and maintain associatio ns between concepts or terms w ithin | |
| 588 | the same n amespace, or across namespaces (you also can click Associati ons in the Tools | |
| 589 | menu). | |
| 590 | ||
| 591 | Open Syno nym Editor - Display s the Syno nym Editor floating window, | |
| 592 | which allo ws you to establish a synonymo us term fo r a concep t (you als o can clic k | |
| 593 | Synonyms i n the Tool s menu). | |
| 594 | ||
| 595 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 596 | Page 21 of 147 | |
| 597 | Open Prop erty Edito r - Displa ys the Pro perty Edit or floatin g window, which | |
| 598 | allows you to view, create, an d maintain propertie s for sele cted conce pts (you | |
| 599 | also can c lick Prope rties in t he Tools m enu). | |
| 600 | ||
| 601 | Open Subs et List Pa nel - Disp lays the S ubset List floating window (yo u also can | |
| 602 | click New Subset Lis t in the T olls menu) . The Sub set List p anel lists the names pace | |
| 603 | subsets th at are ava ilable in your DTS d atabase. Refer to t he DTS Nam espace Sub set | |
| 604 | Editor Use rs Guide f or procedu res on cre ating and maintainin g DTS subs ets. | |
| 605 | ||
| 606 | New Subse t List - D isplays th e Subset E xpression Editor flo ating wind ow (you | |
| 607 | also can c lick New S ubset Edit or in the Tools menu ). The Su bset Expre ssion Edit or | |
| 608 | panel allo ws you to edit the f ilters thr ough which namespace subsets a re created . Refer | |
| 609 | to the DTS Namespace Subset Ed itor Users Guide for procedure s on creat ing and | |
| 610 | maintainin g DTS subs ets. | |
| 611 | ||
| 612 | Help - Pr ovides onl ine help ( you also c an click H elp Topics in the He lp | |
| 613 | menu). | |
| 614 | DTS Editor Main Wind ow Tab Vie w Options | |
| 615 | The follow ing “tab” options ar e availabl e when the DTS Edito r Main win dow opens | |
| 616 | initially. Each bri ef introdu ction that follows o utlines th e view pan el display ed when yo u | |
| 617 | click the appropriat e tab. De tailed pro cedures an d discussi ons on use of these panels are | |
| 618 | provided l ater in th e guide. | |
| 619 | Tree - The Concept T ree view p anel displ ays as the default i n the left pane when the | |
| 620 | main windo w first op ens. When either of the other panels (S earch or C oncept Wal ker) | |
| 621 | displays i n the left pane, cli ck the Tre e tab to r edisplay t he concept tree. Th is tree | |
| 622 | unfolds th e taxonomy to displa y the conc ept hierar chy in a s elected na mespace in the | |
| 623 | knowledgeb ase, or an associati on tree. | |
| 624 | Walker - D isplays th e Concept Walker pan el, which lists the parents an d children of a | |
| 625 | concept in the selec ted namesp ace. | |
| 626 | Search - D isplays th e Search p anel, whic h allows y ou to sear ch for con cepts base d on the | |
| 627 | parameters you speci fy (Name, Property, Role, etc. ). | |
| 628 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 629 | Page 22 of 147 | |
| 630 | DTS Editor Keyboard Options | |
| 631 | Press the Enter key to perform the defau lt action (e.g., App ly, Close, OK, etc.) in any | |
| 632 | panel or p opup windo w. Press the Esc ke y to close any displ ayed popup window. | |
| 633 | View Conce pt Tree – Tree Tab | |
| 634 | The DTS Ed itor Conce pt Tree pa nel lists concepts i n a “tree” format fo r easy vie wing. | |
| 635 | As mention ed earlier , the Conc ept Tree p anel displ ays in the left pane when the DTS | |
| 636 | Editor Mai n window f irst opens , or when you click the Tree t ab. Top-l evel conce pts | |
| 637 | (“nodes”) in the hie rarchy dis play in a collapsed view (note : if this is an asso ciation tr ee, | |
| 638 | no nodes d isplay unt il you con figure the tree). | |
| 639 | Note the t op-level c oncepts il lustrated. | |
| 640 | ||
| 641 | You can ex pand or co llapse seg ments of t he tree to display o nly those elements y ou want. | |
| 642 | ||
| 643 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 644 | Page 23 of 147 | |
| 645 | Concept Tr ee Panel D isplay Pre ferences | |
| 646 | Ontylog Tr ee Prefere nces | |
| 647 | The Concep t Tree pan el makes c oncepts an d their re lationship s easier t o view and | |
| 648 | comprehend . The fol lowing dis cussions e xplain how to format the displ ay of data for an | |
| 649 | Ontylog tr ee in the Concept Tr ee panel. Right-cli ck on the white spac e in the C oncept | |
| 650 | Tree panel to displa y the foll owing popu p menu for an Ontylo g tree. | |
| 651 | ||
| 652 | Any change s you make to the Co ncept Tree panel dis play setti ngs are re tained if you | |
| 653 | disconnect from the current se ssion (Fil e>Disconne ct) or exi t the DTS Editor | |
| 654 | (File>Exit ). | |
| 655 | Classic Vi ew | |
| 656 | Select Cla ssic View from the p opup menu to display concepts with singl e or multi ple | |
| 657 | parents in the conce pt tree. | |
| 658 | ||
| 659 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 660 | Page 24 of 147 | |
| 661 | Container View | |
| 662 | Select Con tainer Vie w from the popup men u to list concept at tributes w ithin indi vidual, | |
| 663 | separate “ folders.” | |
| 664 | ||
| 665 | You can op en each “f older” and display t he attribu te values within. | |
| 666 | ||
| 667 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 668 | Page 25 of 147 | |
| 669 | Inline Vie w | |
| 670 | The inline view list s all of t he concept attribute s that the Container View does , but | |
| 671 | without th e use of “ folders.” | |
| 672 | ||
| 673 | Icons and Colors | |
| 674 | The follow ing icons indicate c oncept or term attri butes in t he DTS Edi tor. Thes e icons | |
| 675 | and colors are defin ed in adva nce for yo u (you can not modify them). | |
| 676 | Symbol/ co lor De scription | |
| 677 | Indicates a concept in the Co ncept/Term Details p anel. | |
| 678 | Indicates a term in the Conce pt/Term De tails pane l. | |
| 679 | ||
| 680 | Indicates a concept in the Con cept Tree panel. In the Conce pt/Term De tails pane l, | |
| 681 | indicates a subconce pt of the concept di splayed in the detai led view. | |
| 682 | ||
| 683 | In the Con cept/Term Details pa nel, indic ates a sup erconcept of the con cept | |
| 684 | displayed in the det ailed view . | |
| 685 | In the Co ncept Tree and Conce pt/Term De tails pane ls, indica tes a syno nym for a concept. | |
| 686 | ||
| 687 | In the Con cept Tree and Concep t/Term Det ails panel s, indicat es a prope rty (such | |
| 688 | as print n ame, medic al code, e tc.) for a concept. | |
| 689 | In the Co ncept Tree and Conce pt/Term De tails pane ls, indica tes the ro le that re lates one concept to another. | |
| 690 | In the Co ncept Tree panel, in dicates th e non-edit able value s concept Code, conc ept ID, an d Namespac e. | |
| 691 | In the Co ncept Tree and Conce pt/Term De tails pane ls, indica tes an ass ociation b etween one concept a nd another . | |
| 692 | In the Co ncept Tree and Conce pt/Term De tails pane ls, indica tes an ass ociation o r property qualifier for a con cept. | |
| 693 | In the Co ncept Tree panel, in dicates th at the con cept in th e detailed view is i ncluded in the subse t that is listed. | |
| 694 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 695 | Page 26 of 147 | |
| 696 | Concept Na me and Att ribute Tex t Wrapping | |
| 697 | If lengthy concept n ames and/o r attribut e text ext end beyond the borde r of the C oncept | |
| 698 | Tree panel , the text will wrap around to a new lin e. The co ncept name or attrib ute text | |
| 699 | also will be enclose d in brack ets. | |
| 700 | ||
| 701 | ||
| 702 | If you enl arge the C oncept Tre e panel, t he panel s ize settin g is retai ned if you disconnec t | |
| 703 | from the D TS Server, then reco nnect. Du ring the n ext sessio n, the tex t wrapping and | |
| 704 | brackets w ill be rem oved if th ey are not required in the lar ger panel. | |
| 705 | ||
| 706 | Wrapped Co ncept Name Enclosed in Bracket s | |
| 707 | Wrapp ed | |
| 708 | Conce pt | |
| 709 | Attri butes | |
| 710 | in Br ackets | |
| 711 | Text Wrap and | |
| 712 | Brackets a re | |
| 713 | Retained O nly | |
| 714 | if Require d | |
| 715 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 716 | Page 27 of 147 | |
| 717 | Click to E dit (Ontyl og or Thes aurus Tree ) | |
| 718 | The Click to Edit op tion is av ailable fo r either a n Ontylog or a Thesa urus tree (only | |
| 719 | Click to E dit displa ys for a T hesaurus t ree). If you click Click to E dit, any c oncept you | |
| 720 | select dis plays auto matically in the Con cept/Term Details pa nel. This eliminate s the | |
| 721 | need to dr ag the sel ected conc ept to the Concept/T erm Detail s panel fo r view. | |
| 722 | ||
| 723 | Multiple P anel Insta nces | |
| 724 | The DTS Ed itor allow s you to o pen multip le occurre nces of th e Concept Tree, Conc ept | |
| 725 | Walker, an d Search p anels by s electing t hese optio ns from th e Tools me nu, by cli cking | |
| 726 | the approp riate tab, or by cli cking the correspond ing icon i n the tool bar. Each instance of | |
| 727 | the panel displays a s a free-f loating, s izable win dow; the s ize and lo cation of these | |
| 728 | floating p anels are retained f or future sessions. | |
| 729 | You can vi ew, compar e, and dra g informat ion from m ultiple in stances of each wind ow. | |
| 730 | The data i n each ins tance of t he window can be fro m the same namespace , or can r eflect | |
| 731 | data from different namespaces . Drag an d drop cap ability be tween the DTS Editor | |
| 732 | windows an d panels l ets you cr eate assoc iations be tween name spaces, an d view the | |
| 733 | results im mediately on the Con cept Tree panel (ref er to the Map Concep ts or Term s | |
| 734 | across Nam espaces di scussion l ater in th e guide). | |
| 735 | In the fol lowing ill ustration, two occur rences of the Concep t Tree win dow are op en | |
| 736 | (covering the left p anel) each reflectin g a differ ent namesp ace. | |
| 737 | ||
| 738 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 739 | Page 28 of 147 | |
| 740 | In the nex t illustra tion, the Concept Tr ee panel d isplays in the left pane, and multiple | |
| 741 | Concept Tr ee floatin g windows display el sewhere on the DTS M ain window . Note th at | |
| 742 | the active window is sized lar ger to acc ommodate t he length of the con cept names . | |
| 743 | ||
| 744 | Customize the Tree V iew | |
| 745 | Follow the se procedu res to sel ect the na mespace fo r which yo u want to view data. The | |
| 746 | format of the concep t tree dis play depen ds in part on the ty pe of name space you select, | |
| 747 | Ontylog or Thesaurus . Based o n the view parameter s, you con figure the tree to d isplay | |
| 748 | in either a hierarch al format (subconcep ts/superco ncepts) or an associ ation form at that | |
| 749 | reflects c oncepts as sociated w ith a spec ific focus concept. You can e xpand and collapse | |
| 750 | the tree i n either f ormat, as needed. | |
| 751 | Hierarchy Tree View | |
| 752 | Select the namespace for which the conce pt tree wi ll display from the Namespace | |
| 753 | dropdown f ield list. Click th e dropdown arrow to display al l namespac es availab le for | |
| 754 | view optio ns. | |
| 755 | When you s elect an O ntylog nam espace for view, the default i n the View Axis drop down | |
| 756 | field is S uperconcep ts/Subconc epts, whic h results in a hiera rchal view of the na mespace | |
| 757 | concepts. | |
| 758 | ||
| 759 | ||
| 760 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 761 | Page 29 of 147 | |
| 762 | To expand a selectio n to view lower-leve l nodes, c lick adjac ent the Ex pand butto n . | |
| 763 | When expan ded, the c oncepts ar e listed i n a hierar chical sch eme, or “t axonomy.” | |
| 764 | ||
| 765 | ||
| 766 | ||
| 767 | In the exa mple, when you expan d Absorpti on, five “ children” are visibl e. If the re is no | |
| 768 | Expand but ton adjace nt to a co ncept, it indicates there are no additio nal subcon cepts | |
| 769 | hidden for the conce pt. The n odes immed iately abo ve a conce pt are cal led direct | |
| 770 | superconce pts (paren ts). Node s immediat ely below a concept are called direct | |
| 771 | subconcept s (childre n). | |
| 772 | ||
| 773 | As you exp and the tr ee, you ma y want to collapse t he tree to view only the highe r levels | |
| 774 | of the hie rarchy. C lick the c ollapse bu tton to h ide the su bconcepts. | |
| 775 | Associatio n Tree Vie w | |
| 776 | Select the namespace for which the conce pt tree wi ll display from the Namespace | |
| 777 | dropdown f ield list. Click th e dropdown arrow to display al l namespac es availab le for | |
| 778 | view optio ns. | |
| 779 | When you s elect an O ntylog nam espace for view, the default i n the View Axis drop down | |
| 780 | field is S uperconcep ts/Subconc epts, whic h results in a hiera rchal view of the na mespace | |
| 781 | concepts. If you wi sh, you ca n configur e a tree v iew that c onsists of all conce pts for | |
| 782 | which asso ciations a re establi shed for a specified concept. An associ ation is a | |
| 783 | relationsh ip between concepts and/or ter ms within a namespac e, or acro ss namespa ces. | |
| 784 | The defaul t associat ion type f or an asso ciation tr ee configu ration is Parent of. | |
| 785 | Note the i llustratio n. | |
| 786 | ||
| 787 | ||
| 788 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 789 | Page 30 of 147 | |
| 790 | The associ ation tree that disp lays in th e Concept Tree panel reflects the defaul t | |
| 791 | associatio n type. | |
| 792 | ||
| 793 | ||
| 794 | ||
| 795 | You have t he option of selecti ng another associati on type on which to base the t ree view. | |
| 796 | Click the arrow on t he View Ax is field t o list all existing concept as sociations in the | |
| 797 | knowledgeb ase. Clic k the desi red associ ation to s elect it; the namesp ace in whi ch the | |
| 798 | associatio n was crea ted displa ys in pare ntheses. | |
| 799 | You also h ave the op tion of es tablishing a focus c oncept in your assoc iation tre e. The | |
| 800 | focus conc ept serves as the ro ot concept in your t ree view. | |
| 801 | ||
| 802 | Drag a con cept from another pa nel or win dow (e.g., Concept / Term Detai ls panel) and | |
| 803 | drop it in to the Foc us Concept field. T he focus c oncept set s the star ting point (i.e., ro ot, | |
| 804 | or thresho ld) for th e chain of associati ons to be displayed. | |
| 805 | ||
| 806 | ||
| 807 | To view co ncepts wit h associat ions to th ose listed in the di splayed as sociation tree, clic k | |
| 808 | the Expand button n ext to the desired c oncept in the tree. Note the illustrati on. | |
| 809 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 810 | Page 31 of 147 | |
| 811 | ||
| 812 | ||
| 813 | View Conce pts in a S elected Na mespace Su bset | |
| 814 | A subset i s a segmen t of conce pts that y ou can cre ate from a designate d namespac e, | |
| 815 | based on s election c riteria th at you def ine. You can create a subset from a sub scription or | |
| 816 | local name space, or from a (cl assified) extension namespace. | |
| 817 | The concep ts in each subset ca n share as sociated a ttributes, and each subset may include | |
| 818 | a few conc epts or ma ny concept s. Refer to the DTS Subset Ed itor Users Guide for | |
| 819 | procedures on subset creation in DTS. | |
| 820 | If the nam espace in the view h as one or more subse ts created for it, y ou can cho ose to | |
| 821 | highlight each conce pt in the Tree view that was s elected fo r a subset . The Sub set field | |
| 822 | dropdown l ists all e xisting su bsets for (only) the namespace in the vi ew; the su bsets | |
| 823 | display in gold colo r. | |
| 824 | ||
| 825 | ||
| 826 | Click the desired su bset in th e list. E ach namesp ace concep t that is included i n that | |
| 827 | subset is highlighte d (in gold color) in the hiera rchy tree in the Con cept Tree panel. | |
| 828 | Concepts I ncluded in Subset of | |
| 829 | the Namesp ace in Tre e View | |
| 830 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 831 | Page 32 of 147 | |
| 832 | ||
| 833 | ||
| 834 | For an Ont ylog names pace, you also can v iew the co ncept hier archy with in each of its | |
| 835 | subsets. From the V iew Axis f ield dropd own list, select Sub set Hierar chy (Subse t | |
| 836 | Hierarchy is enabled as a sele ction only when a na mespace th at has exi sting subs ets is in | |
| 837 | the view). From the Subset fi eld dropdo wn list, s elect the subset for which you want to | |
| 838 | view a con cept hiera rchy. | |
| 839 | The hierar chy tree f or the sub set (only) displays, also in g old color. | |
| 840 | ||
| 841 | Click the Expand an d collapse buttons to view an d hide sub concepts, as needed. | |
| 842 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 843 | Page 33 of 147 | |
| 844 | Concept Wa lker View | |
| 845 | The Concep t Walker p rovides a view of a selected c oncept’s p lace in th e Concept Tree, | |
| 846 | and its re lationship s with oth er concept s. You ca n configur e the view to reflec t either a | |
| 847 | hierarchal format (s ubconcepts /superconc epts) or a n associat ion format that refl ects | |
| 848 | concepts a ssociated with a spe cific focu s concept. | |
| 849 | Hierarchy View | |
| 850 | Follow thi s procedur e to displ ay and use the Conce pt Walker panel to p rovide a v iew of | |
| 851 | the select ed concept ’s relatio nships (i. e., ancest or and des cendant co ncepts). | |
| 852 | 1. Click t he Walker tab in the upper-lef t portion of the DTS Editor Ma in window. | |
| 853 | The Concep t Walker p anel displ ays in the left pane . | |
| 854 | ||
| 855 | ||
| 856 | ||
| 857 | The dropdo wn field i n the cent er of the panel (Foc us Concept ) is where you selec t | |
| 858 | the concep t for whic h relation ships will be listed . If you used the C oncept Wal ker | |
| 859 | earlier in the curre nt session , previous focus con cepts are retained i n the Focu s | |
| 860 | Concept fi eld pulldo wn list fo r your sel ection. | |
| 861 | Concept in View | |
| 862 | Child Sect ion | |
| 863 | (subconcep ts) | |
| 864 | Parent Sec tion | |
| 865 | (superconc epts) | |
| 866 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 867 | Page 34 of 147 | |
| 868 | 2. You can drag any concept vi sible on a nother win dow or pan el (Search panel, | |
| 869 | Concept/Te rm Details panel, et c.) to the Focus Con cept field on the Co ncept | |
| 870 | Walker pan el. For e xample, cl ick the Se arch tab t o display the Search panel, or | |
| 871 | click the Search ico n in the t oolbar to display th e floating Search wi ndow; you | |
| 872 | can positi on the flo ating wind ow so that it is adj acent to t he Concept Walker | |
| 873 | panel. | |
| 874 | ||
| 875 | Drag a con cept to th e Focus Co ncept fiel d. When t he field c hanges to yellow, | |
| 876 | unclick th e mouse to drop the concept. | |
| 877 | 3. When yo u select a focus con cept from an Ontylog namespace for view, the | |
| 878 | default in the View Axis dropd own field is Superco ncepts/Sub concepts, which | |
| 879 | results in a hierarc hal view o f the name space conc epts. Do not modify this fiel d if | |
| 880 | you want a hierarcha l format f or the vie w. | |
| 881 | 4. If the focus conc ept you se lected is from an On tylog name space, the name of t hat | |
| 882 | Ontylog na mespace di splays in the Namesp ace field. If any Ontylog Ex tension | |
| 883 | namespaces exist for that name space, the se will be listed in the Names pace field | |
| 884 | dropdown l ist. | |
| 885 | ||
| 886 | An Ontylog Extension namespace is an ext ension of a specific ally linke d Ontylog | |
| 887 | Subscripti on namespa ce. You c reate an O ntylog Ext ension nam espace to create | |
| 888 | and mainta in new loc al content for the l inked Onty log subscr iption nam espace. | |
| 889 | From the l ist, selec t the Onty log Extens ion namesp ace for wh ich you wa nt to | |
| 890 | display a hierarchy view. Ref er to the Concept Wa lker View and Ontylo g | |
| 891 | Extension Namespaces discussio ns in the Ontylog Ex tension Na mespaces a nd | |
| 892 | Extension Namespace Classifica tion in DT S document for more on using t he | |
| 893 | Concept Wa lker with Ontylog Ex tension na mespaces. | |
| 894 | 5. If your Focus Con cept has o ne or more parents, these disp lay in the Parent | |
| 895 | section ab ove the Fo cus Concep t dropdown field. T he section below the Focus | |
| 896 | Concept dr opdown fie ld display s the subc oncepts, o r children , of the c oncept. | |
| 897 | 6. In the Parents se ction, you can expan d any visi ble ancest or concept to list i ts | |
| 898 | parent con cepts. Cl ick the Ex pand butto n . Highe r-level co ncepts are listed in | |
| 899 | inverse or der to the ir place i n the hier archy tree . | |
| 900 | ||
| 901 | ||
| 902 | ||
| 903 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 904 | Page 35 of 147 | |
| 905 | ||
| 906 | ||
| 907 | 7. In the Subconcept s section, click the Expand bu tton to e xpand the hierarchy | |
| 908 | and list c hildren fo r any visi ble descen dant of th e concept you select ed. The | |
| 909 | focus conc ept is the root for this part of the vie w. | |
| 910 | ||
| 911 | ||
| 912 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 913 | Page 36 of 147 | |
| 914 | Associatio n View | |
| 915 | You can co nfigure a Concept Wa lker view that consi sts of all concepts for which | |
| 916 | associatio ns are est ablished f or a speci fied conce pt. Each associatio n is a rel ationship | |
| 917 | between co ncepts and /or terms within a n amespace, or across namespaces . | |
| 918 | Follow thi s procedur e to displ ay and use the Conce pt Walker panel to p rovide a v iew of | |
| 919 | associatio ns for the selected concept. | |
| 920 | 1. Click t he Walker tab in the upper-lef t portion of the DTS Editor Ma in window. | |
| 921 | The Concep t Walker p anel displ ays in the left pane . | |
| 922 | ||
| 923 | The dropdo wn field i n the cent er of the panel (Foc us Concept ) is where you selec t | |
| 924 | the concep t for whic h relation ships will be listed . If you used the C oncept Wal ker | |
| 925 | earlier in the curre nt session , previous focus con cepts are retained i n the Focu s | |
| 926 | Concept fi eld pulldo wn list fo r your sel ection. | |
| 927 | 2. You can drag any concept vi sible on a nother win dow or pan el (Search panel, | |
| 928 | Concept/Te rm Details panel, et c.) to the Focus Con cept field on the Co ncept | |
| 929 | Walker pan el. For e xample, cl ick the Se arch tab t o display the Search panel, or | |
| 930 | click the Search ico n in the t oolbar to display th e floating Search wi ndow; you | |
| 931 | can positi on the flo ating wind ow so that it is adj acent to t he Concept Walker | |
| 932 | panel. | |
| 933 | 3. Drag a concept to the Focus Concept f ield. Whe n the fiel d changes to yellow, | |
| 934 | unclick th e mouse to drop the concept. The focus concept wi ll serve a s the root | |
| 935 | concept in your asso ciation vi ew. | |
| 936 | 4. When yo u select a focus con cept from an Ontylog namespace for view, the | |
| 937 | default in the View Axis dropd own field is Superco ncepts/Sub concepts, which | |
| 938 | results in a hierarc hal view o f namespac e concepts . Click t he arrow o n the View | |
| 939 | Axis field to list a ll existin g concept associatio ns within all the na mespaces i n | |
| 940 | your knowl edgebase. | |
| 941 | ||
| 942 | ||
| 943 | ||
| 944 | Click the desired as sociation to select it (the na mespace in which the associati on | |
| 945 | was create d displays in parent heses). T he concept (s) for wh ich there are | |
| 946 | associatio ns with th e Focus Co ncept are listed in the Concep t Walker p anel. In | |
| 947 | the follow ing illust ration for the focus concept C leansers, Dentures, the concep ts | |
| 948 | associated through t he associa tion Paren t Of are l isted. | |
| 949 | ||
| 950 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 951 | Page 37 of 147 | |
| 952 | ||
| 953 | ||
| 954 | You can dr ag the ret urned conc ept to the Concept/T erm Detail s panel to view | |
| 955 | attribute details. | |
| 956 | View Subse t Concepts in the Co ncept Walk er | |
| 957 | If the Foc us Concept field con cept is fr om a subsc ription, l ocal, or ( classified ) extensio n | |
| 958 | namespace for which a subset e xists, you can choos e to highl ight in th e displaye d | |
| 959 | hierarchy those conc epts withi n that sub set. From the Subse t field dr opdown (wh ich lists | |
| 960 | all subset s for the Focus Conc ept namesp ace field, in gold t ext) selec t the desi red subset . | |
| 961 | The Namesp ace field reflects t he namespa ce from wh ich the su bset conce pts were | |
| 962 | derived. Each conce pt from th e focus co ncept Name space that is listed in the Pa rents | |
| 963 | and Subcon cepts hier archies is highlight ed (in gol d color). | |
| 964 | ||
| 965 | Concepts I ncluded in Subset of | |
| 966 | Focus Conc ept Namesp ace | |
| 967 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 968 | Page 38 of 147 | |
| 969 | If the foc us concept is from a n Ontylog namespace, you also can view a select po rtion of | |
| 970 | the concep t hierarch y for each of the On tylog name space’s su bsets. Fr om the Vie w Axis | |
| 971 | field drop down list, select Su bset Hiera rchy (Subs et Hierarc hy is enab led as a | |
| 972 | selection only when the concep t in the F ocus Conce pt field i s from a s ubset name space). | |
| 973 | From the S ubset fiel d dropdown list, sel ect the su bset for w hich you w ant to vie w a | |
| 974 | portion of the conce pt hierarc hy. | |
| 975 | The hierar chy tree f or the sub set (only) displays, also in g old color. | |
| 976 | ||
| 977 | Click the Expand an d collapse buttons to view an d hide sub concepts, as needed. | |
| 978 | Concept Na me and Att ribute Tex t Wrapping | |
| 979 | If a lengt hy concept name text extends b eyond the border of the Concep t Walker p anel, | |
| 980 | the text d isplay in the Parent and Child sections will wrap around to a new line . The | |
| 981 | concept na me text al so will be enclosed in bracket s. | |
| 982 | ||
| 983 | Wrapped Co ncept | |
| 984 | Name Enclo sed in | |
| 985 | Brackets | |
| 986 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 987 | Page 39 of 147 | |
| 988 | If you enl arge the C oncept Wal ker panel, then drag a differe nt concept into the Focus | |
| 989 | Concept fi eld, any t ext wrappi ng and bra ckets will be remove d if they are not re quired in | |
| 990 | the larger panel. | |
| 991 | ||
| 992 | ||
| 993 | Text Wrap and | |
| 994 | Brackets a re | |
| 995 | Retained O nly | |
| 996 | if Require d | |
| 997 | ||
| 998 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 999 | Page 40 of 147 | |
| 1000 | Concept Se arch | |
| 1001 | Use the DT S Editor S earch tab panel sear ch feature s to searc h a select ed namespa ce, or | |
| 1002 | all namesp aces, and retrieve s pecific co ncepts, co ncept term s, or conc epts and s ynonyms | |
| 1003 | that match the searc h criteria you speci fy. You t hen can dr ag and dro p any retr ieved | |
| 1004 | concept/te rm into an other view panel (e. g., Concep t/Term Det ails) for further re view, or | |
| 1005 | onto one o f the Edit or windows (e.g., Sy nonym Edit or, Proper ty Editor) . You can | |
| 1006 | display th e Search p anel as a floating w indow; thi s option i s availabl e from the toolbar o n | |
| 1007 | the DTS Ed itor Main window men u bar, as well as fr om the Too ls menu (T ools>Searc h). | |
| 1008 | Search a s elected na mespace, a ll namespa ces, or a selected n amespace s ubset base d on | |
| 1009 | any of the following criteria: | |
| 1010 | • Name | |
| 1011 | • Synonym | |
| 1012 | • Property | |
| 1013 | • Role | |
| 1014 | • Inverse Role | |
| 1015 | • Concept Associatio n | |
| 1016 | • Inverse Concept As sociation | |
| 1017 | You also c an search within a s pecific kn owledgebas e silo, ch oosing the level of | |
| 1018 | “exactness ” by which the searc h in the s ilo will b e conducte d. | |
| 1019 | To display the Searc h panel, c lick the S earch tab on the DTS Editor Ma in window. | |
| 1020 | ||
| 1021 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1022 | Page 41 of 147 | |
| 1023 | Follow thi s procedur e to searc h the name space base d on the c riteria yo u specify. | |
| 1024 | 1. Assure that the S earch tab is selecte d and the search cri teria fiel ds display . | |
| 1025 | 2. To sear ch for bot h concepts and synon yms that m atch your search cri teria, | |
| 1026 | Concepts & Synonyms applies. To search for matchi ng concept s only, cl ick | |
| 1027 | Concepts. To search for match ing terms only, clic k Terms. | |
| 1028 | 3. From th e Maximum Results fi eld dropdo wn list, s elect the maximum nu mber of | |
| 1029 | concepts a nd/or term s to be re trieved fr om the nam espace sea rch. You can | |
| 1030 | specify th at the sea rch be com pleted as soon as 10 , 50, 100, or 250 co ncepts | |
| 1031 | and/or ter ms that ma tch the se arch crite ria have b een retrie ved (10 is the defau lt). | |
| 1032 | ||
| 1033 | You also c an select Enter a Nu mber, then specify y our own ma ximum, up to | |
| 1034 | 9999, in t he field t hat displa ys. If yo u anticipa te numerou s results from the | |
| 1035 | search, yo u should s elect Ente r a number , then spe cify a lar ge value. Note that | |
| 1036 | if you sel ected Conc epts & Syn onyms as a Search pa rameter, c oncept mat ches | |
| 1037 | will be re turned fir st, follow ed by syno nym matche s. If the number of concept | |
| 1038 | matches ex ceeds the Maximum Re sults limi t, no syno nym matche s are retu rned. | |
| 1039 | ||
| 1040 | If you sel ect Enter a Number, you must s pecify a n umber to p erform the search. | |
| 1041 | ||
| 1042 | Retrieved concepts o r terms di splay in t he Search Results ar ea in the lower | |
| 1043 | portion of the tab. The total number of matched i tems retri eved is li sted as we ll. | |
| 1044 | Note that a search w ith a larg er Maximum Results n umber requ ires a lon ger period | |
| 1045 | of time to complete. | |
| 1046 | 4. In the Search For field, sp ecify the value (i.e ., search string) fo r which yo u want | |
| 1047 | to search the namesp ace for a match. Sp ecify the search str ing value in one of | |
| 1048 | these mann ers: | |
| 1049 | • Enter th e specific search st ring in it s entirety (e.g., ab domen endo scopy). | |
| 1050 | • Broaden the search criteria by enterin g the aste risk (*) w ildcard ch aracter. | |
| 1051 | Note these examples when Name is the Sea rch By par ameter: | |
| 1052 | o To retri eve all co ncept/term names con taining th e string a bdomen, ty pe | |
| 1053 | *abdomen* as the sea rch string in the Se arch For f ield. | |
| 1054 | o To retri eve only c oncept/ter m names th at begin w ith the st ring abdom en, type | |
| 1055 | abdomen* a s the sear ch string in the Sea rch For fi eld. | |
| 1056 | o To retri eve concep t/term nam es that en d with the string ab domen, typ e | |
| 1057 | *abdomen a s the sear ch string in the Sea rch For fi eld. | |
| 1058 | ||
| 1059 | 5. In the Search In area of th e panel, c lick the o ption that reflects where you want to | |
| 1060 | perform th e search ( Namespace, Subset, o r Silo). If you sel ect Namesp ace, the | |
| 1061 | accompanyi ng dropdow n lists al l namespac es in your DTS knowl edgebase. | |
| 1062 | ||
| 1063 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1064 | Page 42 of 147 | |
| 1065 | ||
| 1066 | ||
| 1067 | Click the namespace in which y ou want to perform t he search. The defa ult, All, | |
| 1068 | applies if you want to search in all exi sting name spaces. N ote that i f you sele ct an | |
| 1069 | Ontylog Ex tension na mespace to search, t he results will be f rom the Ex tension | |
| 1070 | namespace only (no c oncepts fr om the lin ked Ontylo g subscrip tion names pace | |
| 1071 | will be re turned). Refer to t he Ontylog Extension Namespace s and Exte nsion | |
| 1072 | Namespace Classifica tion in DT S document for more on Extensi on namespa ces. | |
| 1073 | ||
| 1074 | If you sel ect a Subs et in whic h to searc h, the acc ompanying dropdown l ists all | |
| 1075 | subsets th at were cr eated for namespaces in your D TS knowled gebase. | |
| 1076 | ||
| 1077 | ||
| 1078 | ||
| 1079 | Click the subset in which you want to pe rform the search. | |
| 1080 | ||
| 1081 | Each silo in DTS is a reposito ry of cust omized con cept termi nology dat a acquired | |
| 1082 | from your knowledgeb ase, and o ptimized f or searchi ng. If yo u select a Silo in | |
| 1083 | which to s earch, the accompany ing dropdo wn lists a ll namespa ce silos t hat were | |
| 1084 | created in your DTS knowledgeb ase. Clic k the desi red silo i n which yo u want to | |
| 1085 | perform th e search. | |
| 1086 | 6. In the Search By field, sel ect the pa rameter th at will be searched in the | |
| 1087 | namespace( s) or subs et for the string yo u specifie d in the S earch For field. On ly | |
| 1088 | the Name o ption is a vailable o n searches for conce pts & syno nyms, and searches | |
| 1089 | for terms only. | |
| 1090 | ||
| 1091 | For concep t searches the follo wing optio ns are ava ilable: | |
| 1092 | • Name - T his search will retr ieve each concept (o r each ter m, if you are | |
| 1093 | performing a term se arch) with a name th at matches the searc h string | |
| 1094 | parameter you specif ied in the Search Fo r field. | |
| 1095 | • Synonym - This sea rch will r etrieve ea ch concept with a sy nonym that | |
| 1096 | matches th e search s tring para meter you specified in the Sea rch For fi eld. | |
| 1097 | • Property - This se arch will retrieve e ach concep t with a p roperty va lue that | |
| 1098 | matches th e search s tring para meter you specified in the Sea rch For fi eld, for | |
| 1099 | the proper ty or prop erties you select. | |
| 1100 | ||
| 1101 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1102 | Page 43 of 147 | |
| 1103 | If you sel ect Proper ty as the search par ameter, a list of cu rrent | |
| 1104 | knowledgeb ase proper ties displ ays in the Search On list area ; you sele ct the | |
| 1105 | properties to be sea rched from this list . | |
| 1106 | o Word Mat ch - A mor e generali zed proper ty search, in which you can | |
| 1107 | specify on e or more words or n umbers as the Search For value , and | |
| 1108 | the proper ty must co ntain all of those s earch stri ng words, in any | |
| 1109 | order. | |
| 1110 | • Role - T his search will retr ieve each concept wi th a role value (i.e ., target | |
| 1111 | concept na me) that m atches the search st ring param eter you s pecified i n the | |
| 1112 | Search For field, fo r the role type(s) y ou select (e.g., Pro cedure sit e). If yo u | |
| 1113 | select Rol e as the s earch para meter, a l ist of cur rent role types disp lays in th e | |
| 1114 | Search On list area; you selec t the role type(s) t o be searc hed from t his list. | |
| 1115 | • Inverse Role - Thi s search w ill retrie ve each co ncept with an invers e role | |
| 1116 | value that matches t he search string par ameter you specified in the Se arch For | |
| 1117 | field, for the inver se role ty pe(s) you select (e. g., Proced ure site). If you | |
| 1118 | select Inv erse Role as the sea rch parame ter, a lis t of curre nt inverse role | |
| 1119 | type(s) di splays in the Search On list a rea; you s elect the inverse ro les to be | |
| 1120 | searched f rom this l ist. | |
| 1121 | • Concept Associatio n - This s earch will retrieve each conce pt that ha s an | |
| 1122 | associatio n target c oncept wit h a name t hat matche s the sear ch string | |
| 1123 | parameter you specif ied in the Search Fo r field, f or the ass ociation(s ) you | |
| 1124 | select (e. g., Is A P arent Of). If you s elect Conc ept Associ ation as t he search | |
| 1125 | parameter, a list of current a ssociation type(s) d isplays in the Searc h On list | |
| 1126 | area; you select the associati on type(s) to be sea rched from this list . | |
| 1127 | • Inverse Concept As sociation - This sea rch will r etrieve ea ch concept that has | |
| 1128 | an inverse associati on from co ncept with a name th at matches the searc h | |
| 1129 | string par ameter you specified in the Se arch For f ield, for the invers e | |
| 1130 | associatio n(s) you s elect (e.g ., Is A Pa rent Of). If you se lect Inver se | |
| 1131 | Concept As sociation as the sea rch parame ter, a lis t of curre nt inverse | |
| 1132 | associatio n types di splays in the Search On list a rea; you s elect inve rse | |
| 1133 | associatio n type(s) to be sear ched from this list. | |
| 1134 | 7. After y ou specify all searc h criteria , click Se arch. The retrieved concepts a nd/or | |
| 1135 | terms are listed in the Search Results a rea in the lower por tion of th e tab. The total | |
| 1136 | number of retrieved matched co ncepts or terms is i ndicated a s well (Ma tches | |
| 1137 | Found:). When you f ind the de sired conc ept(s), yo u can drag the conce pt(s) to | |
| 1138 | the Concep t Walker o r Concept/ Term Detai ls panel t o view det ails. | |
| 1139 | ||
| 1140 | Note that after you click Sear ch to begi n the sear ch, the bu tton chang es to | |
| 1141 | Cancel; to terminate a long-ru nning sear ch, click Cancel and enter alt ernate | |
| 1142 | search cri teria. Th e button c hanges bac k to Searc h when the search is completed . | |
| 1143 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1144 | Page 44 of 147 | |
| 1145 | Search for Concepts or Terms B ased On Na me | |
| 1146 | Follow thi s procedur e to searc h for conc epts or te rms based on name. | |
| 1147 | 1. Concept s & Synony ms applies if you wa nt to sear ch for bot h concepts and | |
| 1148 | synonymous terms. T o search f or matchin g concepts only, cli ck Concept s. To | |
| 1149 | search for matching terms only , click Te rms. | |
| 1150 | 2. Specify the name (i.e., sea rch string ) of the c oncept/ter m for whic h you are | |
| 1151 | searching in the Sea rch For fi eld. | |
| 1152 | 3. In the Search In area, clic k the opti on (Namesp ace, Subse t, or Silo ) that ind icates | |
| 1153 | where you want to se arch, then from the accompanyi ng dropdow n list, se lect the | |
| 1154 | specific n amespace, subset, or silo to s earch. | |
| 1155 | 4. For nam espace and subset se arches, se lect Name in the Sea rch By fie ld as the | |
| 1156 | search par ameter for the strin g you spec ified in t he Search For field. | |
| 1157 | 5. Click S earch. Con cept/Term names matc hing the s earch stri ng paramet er you | |
| 1158 | specified in the Sea rch For fi eld displa y in the S earch Resu lts area i n the lowe r | |
| 1159 | portion of the panel . Note th e matched concepts r etrieved f rom a name space | |
| 1160 | search for the conce pt name se arch strin g *amino*; each retu rned conce pt | |
| 1161 | references the names pace from which it w as retriev ed. | |
| 1162 | ||
| 1163 | ||
| 1164 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1165 | Page 45 of 147 | |
| 1166 | Search for Concepts With Selec ted Synony ms | |
| 1167 | Follow thi s procedur e to searc h for conc epts that have one o r more sel ected syno nyms | |
| 1168 | that match the searc h string. | |
| 1169 | 1. Click C oncepts as your Sear ch option. | |
| 1170 | 2. In the Search For field, sp ecify the synonym se arch strin g. | |
| 1171 | 3. In the Search In area, clic k the opti on (Namesp ace, Subse t, or Silo ) that ind icates | |
| 1172 | where you want to se arch, then from the accompanyi ng dropdow n list, se lect the | |
| 1173 | specific n amespace, subset, or silo to s earch. | |
| 1174 | 4. For nam espace and subset se arches, in the Searc h By field select Sy nonym as t he | |
| 1175 | search par ameter for the strin g you spec ified in t he Search For field. A list o f | |
| 1176 | current as sociation types (eac h represen ting an as sociation between a concept an d | |
| 1177 | a synonymo us term) d isplays in the Searc h On list area. | |
| 1178 | ||
| 1179 | Concepts w ith synony ms that ma tch the se arch strin g you ente red will b e | |
| 1180 | returned, provided t he returne d terms al so meet th e other se arch param eters you | |
| 1181 | specify. A synonym is a term associated with a co ncept by a n associat ion type | |
| 1182 | that repre sents a co ncept-to-t erm associ ation; a s ynonym alw ays is def ined | |
| 1183 | between a concept an d a term ( however, t wo terms c an be syno nyms of th e same | |
| 1184 | concept). | |
| 1185 | 5. The Typ e Namespac e field di splays if you select ed Synonym as the se arch | |
| 1186 | parameter in the Sea rch By fie ld. The d efault is to search All namesp aces for | |
| 1187 | synonyms t hat match the other search cri teria. Th e Type Nam espace fie ld gives | |
| 1188 | you the op tion of fi ltering th e synonym search fur ther. | |
| 1189 | ||
| 1190 | You can re strict ret urned resu lts to tho se synonym s for whic h associat ions | |
| 1191 | (concept t o term typ e) were es tablished with the s earch stri ng term. From the | |
| 1192 | Type Names pace field dropdown list, sele ct the nam espace in which the synonym | |
| 1193 | associatio n must exi st in orde r to be in cluded in the search results. | |
| 1194 | 6. From th e Search O n field li st, select one or mo re concept -to-synony mous term | |
| 1195 | associatio n types fo r which to conduct t he search. | |
| 1196 | • To selec t two or m ore nonadj acent asso ciation ty pes, click the name of one | |
| 1197 | associatio n type, th en hold do wn Ctrl an d click th e name of each addit ional | |
| 1198 | associatio n type. E ach associ ation type you selec t is highl ighted. | |
| 1199 | • To selec t adjacent associati on types, click the name of th e first as sociation | |
| 1200 | type in th e list, th en hold do wn Shift a nd click t he name of the last associatio n | |
| 1201 | type in th e list. Al l the asso ciation ty pes betwee n the firs t and last are | |
| 1202 | highlighte d. | |
| 1203 | ||
| 1204 | ||
| 1205 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1206 | Page 46 of 147 | |
| 1207 | For the se lected con cept-to-sy nonymous t erm associ ation type s, only co ncepts | |
| 1208 | with synon yms that m atch the s pecified s earch stri ng will be matched a nd | |
| 1209 | retrieved. In the i llustratio n, the sea rch string *stomach* was speci fied. | |
| 1210 | ||
| 1211 | ||
| 1212 | 7. Click S earch. Con cepts with the selec ted associ ation type s with syn onymous | |
| 1213 | term name values tha t contain the search string yo u specifie d in the S earch For | |
| 1214 | field, dis play in th e Search R esults are a in the l ower porti on of the panel. No te | |
| 1215 | the matche d concepts retrieved when the selected a ssociation type in t he specifi ed | |
| 1216 | namespace is Synonym , and the search str ing is *st omach*. E ach return ed | |
| 1217 | concept re ferences t he namespa ce from wh ich it was retrieved . | |
| 1218 | ||
| 1219 | ||
| 1220 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1221 | Page 47 of 147 | |
| 1222 | Search for Concepts With Selec ted Proper ties | |
| 1223 | Follow thi s procedur e to searc h for conc epts that have one o r more sel ected prop erties | |
| 1224 | with value s that mat ch the sea rch string . | |
| 1225 | 1. Click C oncepts as your Sear ch option. | |
| 1226 | 2. In the Search For field, sp ecify the property s earch stri ng. | |
| 1227 | 3. In the Search In area, clic k the opti on (Namesp ace, Subse t, or Silo ) that ind icates | |
| 1228 | where you want to se arch, then from the accompanyi ng dropdow n list, se lect the | |
| 1229 | specific n amespace, subset, or silo to s earch. | |
| 1230 | 4. For nam espace and subset se arches, in the Searc h By field select Pr operty as the | |
| 1231 | search par ameter for the strin g you spec ified in t he Search For field. A list o f | |
| 1232 | current pr operty typ es display s in the S earch On l ist area. | |
| 1233 | 5. From th e Search O n field li st, select one or mo re propert y types fo r which to | |
| 1234 | conduct th e search. | |
| 1235 | • To selec t two or m ore nonadj acent prop erty types , click th e name of one | |
| 1236 | property t ype, then hold down Ctrl and c lick the n ame of eac h addition al | |
| 1237 | property t ype. Each property t ype you se lect is hi ghlighted. | |
| 1238 | • To selec t adjacent property types, cli ck the nam e of the f irst prope rty type i n | |
| 1239 | the list, then hold down Shift and click the name of the las t property type in | |
| 1240 | the list. All the pr operty typ es between the first and last are highli ghted. | |
| 1241 | For the se lected pro perty type s, only co ncepts wit h property values th at match t he | |
| 1242 | search str ing you sp ecified wi ll be matc hed and re trieved fr om the sea rch. In t he | |
| 1243 | illustrati on, the pr operty typ e Reviewed By [NDF-R T] was sel ected. | |
| 1244 | ||
| 1245 | ||
| 1246 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1247 | Page 48 of 147 | |
| 1248 | 6. Click S earch. Con cepts with the selec ted proper ty type(s) , with val ues that | |
| 1249 | contain th e search s tring you specified in the Sea rch For fi eld, displ ay in the | |
| 1250 | Search Res ults area in the low er portion of the pa nel. | |
| 1251 | ||
| 1252 | Note the m atched con cepts retr ieved when the selec ted proper ty type is Reviewed | |
| 1253 | By [NDF-RT ], and the search st ring is *p harmacolog ic*; each returned c oncept | |
| 1254 | references the names pace from which it w as retriev ed. | |
| 1255 | ||
| 1256 | ||
| 1257 | Search for Concepts Using the Word Match Feature | |
| 1258 | The word m atch searc h feature works in c onjunction with the property s earch. It allows | |
| 1259 | you to sea rch for a concept ba sed on pro perty when you may n ot know th e property ’s | |
| 1260 | exact (sea rch string ) value. I f you spec ify as the search st ring those words you believe | |
| 1261 | apply to t he propert y value, t he DTS Edi tor search will retr ieve all c oncepts th at contain | |
| 1262 | those word s, in any arrangemen t, as part of the se lected pro perty type (s). | |
| 1263 | The word m atch searc h restrict s the sear ch to only those con cepts with property types that | |
| 1264 | have the C ONTAINS IN DEX column marked T (true) in the setCon tains.sql file | |
| 1265 | (DTSInstal l\ scripts \Oracle). Refer to the Config ure Word M atch Searc h discussi on in | |
| 1266 | the Knowle dgebase Ad ministrato rs Guide f or configu ration ins tructions – note tha t the | |
| 1267 | Knowledgeb ase Admini strator mu st run the Knowledge base Admin utility i n order fo r | |
| 1268 | the word m atch searc h feature to be impl emented. | |
| 1269 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1270 | Page 49 of 147 | |
| 1271 | Follow thi s procedur e to searc h for conc epts using the word match feat ure: | |
| 1272 | 1. Specify the searc h string i n the Sear ch For fie ld. For t he propert y word mat ch | |
| 1273 | search, yo u can spec ify two or more word s. The sea rch result s will be those | |
| 1274 | concepts f or which a ll of the specified search str ing words are includ ed in the | |
| 1275 | property v alue (in a ny order) for the se lected pro perty type s. | |
| 1276 | ||
| 1277 | Note: When doing a w ord match search, yo u cannot p erform a “ search all ” | |
| 1278 | wildcard s earch (i.e ., you can not enter a “*” in t he Search For field) . There m ust | |
| 1279 | be at leas t one othe r letter o n which to base the word match search. | |
| 1280 | 2. In the Search In area, clic k the opti on (Namesp ace, Subse t, or Silo ) that ind icates | |
| 1281 | where you want to se arch, then from the accompanyi ng dropdow n list, se lect the | |
| 1282 | specific n amespace, subset, or silo to s earch. | |
| 1283 | 3. For nam espace and subset se arches, in the Searc h By field select Pr operty as the | |
| 1284 | search par ameter for the strin g you spec ified in t he Search For field. A list o f | |
| 1285 | current pr operty typ es display s in the S earch On l ist area. | |
| 1286 | 4. From th e Search O n field li st, select one or mo re propert y types fo r which to | |
| 1287 | conduct th e search. In the ex ample, pro perty type NDF_Trade _Name [NDF - | |
| 1288 | RT] is sel ected. | |
| 1289 | ||
| 1290 | ||
| 1291 | 5. Click t he Word Ma tch field checkbox t o select t he word ma tch search parameter . | |
| 1292 | 6. Click S earch. Co ncepts wit h the sele cted prope rty type(s ), with va lues that | |
| 1293 | contain th e specifie d search s tring word s (in any order) spe cified in the Search | |
| 1294 | For field, display i n the Sear ch Results area in t he lower p ortion of the panel. | |
| 1295 | Note the m atched con cepts retr ieved when the word match opti on is sele cted, the | |
| 1296 | selected p roperty ty pe is NDF_ Trade_Name [NDF-RT], and the s earch stri ng is | |
| 1297 | *NEW FORMU LA*; each returned c oncept ref erences th e namespac e from | |
| 1298 | which it w as retriev ed. | |
| 1299 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1300 | Page 50 of 147 | |
| 1301 | ||
| 1302 | ||
| 1303 | ||
| 1304 | Only the c oncepts fo r which th e selected property type (NDF_ Trade_Name | |
| 1305 | [NDF-RT]) value incl udes both the words NEW and FO RMULA were | |
| 1306 | retrieved. | |
| 1307 | Search For Concepts With Selec ted Roles | |
| 1308 | Follow thi s procedur e to searc h for conc epts that have one o r more sel ected role types. | |
| 1309 | 1. Click C oncepts as your Sear ch option. | |
| 1310 | 2. In the Search For field, sp ecify the search str ing for co ncept role values. | |
| 1311 | 3. In the Search In area, clic k the opti on (Namesp ace, Subse t, or Silo ) that ind icates | |
| 1312 | where you want to se arch, then from the accompanyi ng dropdow n list, se lect the | |
| 1313 | specific n amespace, subset, or silo to s earch. | |
| 1314 | 4. For nam espace and subset se arches, in the Searc h By field select Ro le as the | |
| 1315 | search par ameter for the role type value string pa rameter yo u specifie d in the | |
| 1316 | Search For field. A list of c urrent rol e types di splays in the Search On list a rea. | |
| 1317 | 5. From th e Search O n field li st, select one or mo re role ty pes for wh ich to con duct | |
| 1318 | the search . | |
| 1319 | • To selec t two or m ore nonadj acent role types, cl ick the na me of one role type, | |
| 1320 | then hold down Ctrl and click the name o f each add itional ro le type. E ach | |
| 1321 | role type you select is highli ghted. | |
| 1322 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1323 | Page 51 of 147 | |
| 1324 | • To selec t adjacent role type s, click t he name of the first role type in the li st, | |
| 1325 | then hold down Shift and click the name of the las t role typ e in the l ist. All t he | |
| 1326 | role types between t he first a nd last ar e highligh ted. | |
| 1327 | Only conce pts with r ole type v alues that contain t he search string you specified , | |
| 1328 | for the se lected rol e types, w ill be mat ched and r etrieved f rom the se arch. In the | |
| 1329 | example, t he role ty pe CI_with [NDF-RT] was select ed. | |
| 1330 | ||
| 1331 | ||
| 1332 | 6. Click S earch. Con cepts that have the selected r ole type, with value s that con tain | |
| 1333 | the search string yo u specifie d in the S earch For field, dis play in th e Search | |
| 1334 | Results ar ea in the lower port ion of the panel. N ote the ma tched conc epts | |
| 1335 | retrieved when the s elected ro le type is CI_with [ NDF-RT], a nd the sea rch string | |
| 1336 | is *bone*; each retu rned conce pt referen ces the na mespace fr om which i t was | |
| 1337 | retrieved. | |
| 1338 | ||
| 1339 | ||
| 1340 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1341 | Page 52 of 147 | |
| 1342 | Search for Concepts With Selec ted Invers e Roles | |
| 1343 | Follow thi s procedur e to searc h for conc epts that have one o r more sel ected inve rse role | |
| 1344 | types. | |
| 1345 | 1. Click C oncepts as your Sear ch option. | |
| 1346 | 2. In the Search For field, sp ecify the search str ing for co ncept inve rse role v alues. | |
| 1347 | 3. In the Search In area, clic k the opti on (Namesp ace, Subse t, or Silo ) that ind icates | |
| 1348 | where you want to se arch, then from the accompanyi ng dropdow n list, se lect the | |
| 1349 | specific n amespace, subset, or silo to s earch. | |
| 1350 | 4. For nam espace and subset se arches, in the Searc h By field select In verse Role as | |
| 1351 | the search parameter for the i nverse rol e value st ring param eter you s pecified i n | |
| 1352 | the Search For field . A list of current role type s displays in the Se arch On li st | |
| 1353 | area. | |
| 1354 | 5. From th e Search O n field li st, select one or mo re role ty pes for wh ich to con duct | |
| 1355 | the search . | |
| 1356 | • To selec t two or m ore nonadj acent role types, cl ick the na me of one role type, | |
| 1357 | then hold down Ctrl and click the name o f each add itional ro le type. E ach | |
| 1358 | role type you select is highli ghted. | |
| 1359 | • To selec t adjacent role type s, click t he name of the first role type in the li st, | |
| 1360 | then hold down Shift and click the name of the las t role typ e in the l ist. All t he | |
| 1361 | role types between t he first a nd last ar e highligh ted. | |
| 1362 | Only conce pts with i nverse rol e values t hat contai n the sear ch string you | |
| 1363 | specified, for the s elected ro le types, will be ma tched and retrieved from the | |
| 1364 | search. I n the exam ple, the r ole type C I_with [ND F-RT] was selected. | |
| 1365 | ||
| 1366 | ||
| 1367 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1368 | Page 53 of 147 | |
| 1369 | 6. Click S earch. Con cepts that have the selected i nverse rol e type, wi th values that | |
| 1370 | contain th e search s tring you specified in the Sea rch For fi eld, displ ay in the | |
| 1371 | Search Res ults area in the low er portion of the pa nel. Note the match ed concept | |
| 1372 | retrieved when the s elected ro le type is CI_with [ NDF-RT], a nd the sea rch string | |
| 1373 | is *POTASS IUM IODIDE *; the ret urned conc ept refere nces the n amespace | |
| 1374 | from which it was re trieved. | |
| 1375 | ||
| 1376 | ||
| 1377 | Search for Concepts With Selec ted Concep t Associat ions | |
| 1378 | Follow thi s procedur e to searc h for conc epts that have one o r more sel ected asso ciations. | |
| 1379 | 1. Click C oncepts as your Sear ch option. | |
| 1380 | 2. In the Search For field, sp ecify the search str ing for th e name of the target | |
| 1381 | concept in the conce pt associa tion. | |
| 1382 | 3. In the Search In area, clic k the opti on (Namesp ace, Subse t, or Silo ) that ind icates | |
| 1383 | where you want to se arch, then from the accompanyi ng dropdow n list, se lect the | |
| 1384 | specific n amespace, subset, or silo to s earch. | |
| 1385 | 4. For nam espace and subset se arches, in the Searc h By field select Co ncept | |
| 1386 | Associatio n as the s earch para meter for the name o f the targ et concept in the | |
| 1387 | concept as sociation (i.e., the string yo u specifie d in the S earch For field). A list | |
| 1388 | of current associati on types d isplays in the Searc h On list area. | |
| 1389 | 5. The Typ e Namespac e field di splays if you select ed Concept Associati on as the | |
| 1390 | search par ameter in the Search By field. The defa ult is to search All namespace s | |
| 1391 | for associ ation type s that mat ch the oth er search criteria. The Type Namespace | |
| 1392 | field give s you the option of filtering the search further. From the Type | |
| 1393 | Namespace field drop down list, select th e namespac e in which the assoc iation | |
| 1394 | type must exist in o rder to be included as a Searc h On selec tion optio n. | |
| 1395 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1396 | Page 54 of 147 | |
| 1397 | 6. From th e Search O n field li st, select one or mo re associa tion types for which to | |
| 1398 | conduct th e search. | |
| 1399 | • To selec t two or m ore nonadj acent asso ciation ty pes, click the name of one | |
| 1400 | associatio n type, th en hold do wn Ctrl an d click th e name of each addit ional | |
| 1401 | associatio n type. Ea ch associa tion type you select is highli ghted. | |
| 1402 | • To selec t adjacent associati on types, click the name of th e first as sociation | |
| 1403 | type in th e list, th en hold do wn Shift a nd click t he name of the last associatio n | |
| 1404 | type in th e list. Al l the asso ciation ty pes betwee n the firs t and last are | |
| 1405 | highlighte d. | |
| 1406 | Only conce pts that h ave concep t associat ions with target con cept names that | |
| 1407 | contain th e search s tring you specified, for the s elected as sociation type(s), w ill be | |
| 1408 | matched an d retrieve d from the search. In the exa mple, the associatio n type | |
| 1409 | Related To [AOD [Alc ohol and O ther Drug Thesaurus ]] was sel ected. | |
| 1410 | ||
| 1411 | ||
| 1412 | 7. Click S earch. Co ncepts tha t have the selected associatio n type in the namesp ace | |
| 1413 | you design ated, that have conc ept associ ations wit h target c oncept nam es that | |
| 1414 | contain th e search s tring you specified in the Sea rch For fi eld, displ ay in the | |
| 1415 | Search Res ults area in the low er portion of the pa nel. | |
| 1416 | ||
| 1417 | Note the m atched con cepts retr ieved when the selec ted associ ation type is | |
| 1418 | Related To [AOD [Alc ohol and O ther Drug Thesaurus ]], and th e search s tring | |
| 1419 | is *alcoho l*; each r eturned co ncept refe rences the namespace from whic h it was | |
| 1420 | retrieved. | |
| 1421 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1422 | Page 55 of 147 | |
| 1423 | ||
| 1424 | ||
| 1425 | Search for Concepts With Selec ted Invers e Concept Associatio ns | |
| 1426 | Follow thi s procedur e to searc h for conc epts with the select ed inverse associati on types. | |
| 1427 | 1. Click C oncepts as your Sear ch option. | |
| 1428 | 2. In the Search For field, sp ecify the search str ing for th e name of the from c oncept | |
| 1429 | in the con cept assoc iation. | |
| 1430 | 3. In the Search In area, clic k the opti on (Namesp ace, Subse t, or Silo ) that ind icates | |
| 1431 | where you want to se arch, then from the accompanyi ng dropdow n list, se lect the | |
| 1432 | specific n amespace, subset, or silo to s earch. | |
| 1433 | 4. For nam espace and subset se arches, in the Searc h By field select In verse | |
| 1434 | Concept As sociation as the sea rch parame ter for th e from con cept name string | |
| 1435 | specified in the Sea rch For fi eld. A li st of curr ent associ ation type s displays in | |
| 1436 | the Search On list a rea. | |
| 1437 | 5. The Typ e Namespac e field di splays if you select ed Inverse Concept A ssociation | |
| 1438 | as the sea rch parame ter in the Search By field. F rom the Ty pe Namespa ce field | |
| 1439 | dropdown l ist, selec t the name space in w hich the a ssociation type must exist in | |
| 1440 | order to b e included as a Sear ch On sele ction opti on. | |
| 1441 | 6. From th e Search O n field li st, select one or mo re associa tion types for which to | |
| 1442 | conduct th e search. | |
| 1443 | • To selec t two or m ore nonadj acent asso ciation ty pes, click the name of one | |
| 1444 | associatio n type, th en hold do wn Ctrl an d click th e name of each addit ional | |
| 1445 | associatio n type. Ea ch associa tion type you select is highli ghted. | |
| 1446 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1447 | Page 56 of 147 | |
| 1448 | • To selec t adjacent associati on types, click the name of th e first as sociation | |
| 1449 | type in th e list, th en hold do wn Shift a nd click t he last as sociation type in th e | |
| 1450 | list. All the assoc iation typ es between the first and last are highli ghted. | |
| 1451 | Only conce pts that h ave concep t associat ions with from conce pt names t hat | |
| 1452 | contain th e search s tring you specified, for the s elected as sociation type(s), w ill be | |
| 1453 | matched an d retrieve d from the search. In the exa mple, the associatio n type | |
| 1454 | Parent Of [AOD [Alco hol and Ot her Drug T hesaurus ] ] was sele cted. | |
| 1455 | ||
| 1456 | ||
| 1457 | 7. Click S earch. Co ncepts tha t have the selected associatio n type, in the names pace | |
| 1458 | you design ated, with associati ons that h ave from c oncept nam es that co ntain the | |
| 1459 | search str ing you sp ecified in the Searc h For fiel d, display in the Se arch Resul ts | |
| 1460 | area in th e lower po rtion of t he panel. | |
| 1461 | ||
| 1462 | Note the m atched con cepts retr ieved when the selec ted associ ation type is Parent | |
| 1463 | Of [AOD [A lcohol and Other Dru g Thesauru s ]], and the search string is | |
| 1464 | *fetal*; e ach return ed concept reference s the name space from which it was | |
| 1465 | retrieved. | |
| 1466 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1467 | Page 57 of 147 | |
| 1468 | ||
| 1469 | ||
| 1470 | Search for Concepts in a Knowl edgebase “ Silo” | |
| 1471 | Follow thi s procedur e to searc h for conc epts that contain th e specifie d search s tring, and | |
| 1472 | that also reside wit hin a spec ific knowl edgebase s ilo. Each silo is a generated repositor y | |
| 1473 | of customi zed concep t terminol ogy data a cquired fr om your kn owledgebas e, and | |
| 1474 | optimized for search ing. | |
| 1475 | Included w ith Apelon DTS are t he compone nts you ca n use to g enerate an d populate silos | |
| 1476 | with custo mized know ledgebase data. Ref er to the DTS Knowle dgebase Ad ministrato rs | |
| 1477 | Guide for procedures on custom izing the silos with data from your know ledgebase. | |
| 1478 | Follow thi s procedur e to searc h for conc epts withi n the know ledgebase silo(s) yo u select. | |
| 1479 | 1. Click C oncepts as your Sear ch option. | |
| 1480 | 2. In the Search For field, sp ecify the concept/te rm search string. | |
| 1481 | 3. In the Search In area, sele ct Silo to indicate where you want to se arch for t he | |
| 1482 | string you specified in the Se arch For f ield. If your DTS k nowledgeba se | |
| 1483 | administra tor ran th e DTS Sele ctor & Ext ractor uti lity to cr eate knowl edgebase | |
| 1484 | silos, the se generat ed silos a re listed. Select t he specifi c database silo in w hich to | |
| 1485 | search; on ly the sel ected silo will be s earched fo r the stri ng you spe cified. | |
| 1486 | ||
| 1487 | Depending on the con figuration for popul ating the silos, eac h silo may contain | |
| 1488 | data from multiple n amespaces, or from a single na mespace. Note that the | |
| 1489 | Namespace dropdown f ield is no t availabl e when you perform a silo sear ch (this | |
| 1490 | is because the silo configurat ion determ ines which namespace s will be searched). | |
| 1491 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1492 | Page 58 of 147 | |
| 1493 | 4. At this point you can choos e from a s eries of s earch feat ures that allow you to | |
| 1494 | specify th e level of “exactnes s” for the search of the selec ted silo. These are | |
| 1495 | referred t o as the M atchPack m atching op tions. | |
| 1496 | ||
| 1497 | ||
| 1498 | ||
| 1499 | The Match Type allow s you to c hoose from three inc reasingly tolerant t ypes of | |
| 1500 | search mat ching. Ma tches are attempted in the ord er shown i n the foll owing | |
| 1501 | discussion s. | |
| 1502 | A. Complet e Match: T his is the most exac t method o f matching the searc h string | |
| 1503 | that you s pecify to either a c oncept nam e, or the name of on e of its s ynonyms, , in | |
| 1504 | the silo y ou selecte d. Comple te Match i s always a ctive (eve n if you c hoose one | |
| 1505 | of the oth er, more t olerant, m atching me thods). | |
| 1506 | • Through Complete M atch, a ma tch occurs and a con cept is re trieved wh en | |
| 1507 | either the concept n ame, or th e name of one of its synonyms, in the si lo | |
| 1508 | contains t he same wo rds as the search st ring you s pecify, in any order . | |
| 1509 | • Every co ncept in t he silo th at has a n ame, or a synonym wi th a name, that | |
| 1510 | contains a ll the wor ds in the search str ing (in an y order) i s retrieve d. | |
| 1511 | B. Under M atch: If U nder Match is activa ted, and B est Match Only also is active, | |
| 1512 | Complete M atch is pe rformed fi rst (i.e., if either a concept name, or the name o f | |
| 1513 | one of its synonyms, in the sp ecified si lo contain s every wo rd in the search str ing, | |
| 1514 | in any ord er, a matc h occurs). If compl ete matche s are foun d, only th ese matche s | |
| 1515 | are return ed and no further ma tching att empt is ma de. If no concept m atches | |
| 1516 | occur from the Compl ete Match, Under Mat ch is atte mpted. If under mat ches are | |
| 1517 | found, onl y these ma tches are returned. | |
| 1518 | • If Under Match is activated, and Best Match Only is inacti ve, under | |
| 1519 | matches wi ll be retu rned in ad dition to the comple te matches . | |
| 1520 | • Through Under Matc h, a match occurs an d a concep t is retri eved if ei ther | |
| 1521 | the concep t name, or the name of one of its synony ms, in the silo matc hes | |
| 1522 | the search string wo rds (in an y order) a nd the con cept term in the sil o | |
| 1523 | contains w ords in ad dition to those in t he search string. | |
| 1524 | C. Partial Under Mat ch: If Par tial Under Match (th e default) is activa ted, and B est | |
| 1525 | Match Only also is a ctive, Com plete Matc h is perfo rmed first (i.e., if either a | |
| 1526 | concept na me, or the name of o ne of its synonyms, in the spe cified sil o contains | |
| 1527 | every word in the se arch strin g, in any order, a m atch occur s). If co mplete | |
| 1528 | matches ar e found, o nly these matches ar e returned and no fu rther matc hing | |
| 1529 | attempt is made. | |
| 1530 | • If no ma tches occu r from Com plete Matc h, Under M atch is at tempted. If | |
| 1531 | under matc hes are fo und, only these matc hes are re turned. | |
| 1532 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1533 | Page 59 of 147 | |
| 1534 | If no matc hes occur from Under Match, Pa rtial Unde r Match ma tches are | |
| 1535 | attempted. | |
| 1536 | • If Parti al Under M atch is ac tivated, a nd Best Ma tch Only i s inactive , | |
| 1537 | partial un der matche s are retu rned in ad dition to complete m atches and | |
| 1538 | under matc hes. | |
| 1539 | • Through Partial Un der Match, a match o ccurs and a concept is retriev ed if | |
| 1540 | either the concept n ame, or th e name of one of its synonyms, in the | |
| 1541 | specified silo conta ins all re maining wo rds (in an y order) a fter all | |
| 1542 | stopwords have been removed. | |
| 1543 | ||
| 1544 | The follow ing stopwo rds are th ose words that are c onsidered as | |
| 1545 | unnecessar y for the search: | |
| 1546 | ||
| 1547 | A | |
| 1548 | and | |
| 1549 | by | |
| 1550 | for | |
| 1551 | in | |
| 1552 | NOS | |
| 1553 | of | |
| 1554 | on | |
| 1555 | the | |
| 1556 | to | |
| 1557 | with | |
| 1558 | • Example: For the s earch stri ng attack in the hea rt and bra in, the st ring | |
| 1559 | becomes at tack heart brain bec ause the s topwords i n, the, an d and are | |
| 1560 | discarded. If the w ords in th e modified search st ring match either a | |
| 1561 | concept na me, or the name of o ne of its synonyms, in the sil o (in any | |
| 1562 | order) a m atch is re turned. | |
| 1563 | 5. The Spe ll Checkin g option i s another of the Mat chPack opt ions you c an use to | |
| 1564 | search the selected silo. In the event you enter a misspell ed search string wor d, | |
| 1565 | spell chec king gener ates sugge sted spell ing varian ts against which mat ches are | |
| 1566 | attempted; concepts matched ag ainst thes e variants then are retrieved. If you | |
| 1567 | click the Spell Chec king field checkbox, spelling correction will occu r when | |
| 1568 | MatchPack attempts t o match ei ther a con cept name, or the na me of a co ncept | |
| 1569 | synonym, w ith the se arch strin g you spec ify. | |
| 1570 | ||
| 1571 | You can us e spell ch ecking reg ardless of the match ing option you selec t | |
| 1572 | (Complete Match, Und er Match, or Partial Under Mat ch). Howe ver, the | |
| 1573 | number of matched co ncepts ret rieved fro m the sear ch is depe ndent on t he | |
| 1574 | matching m ethod you select. | |
| 1575 | 6. Click S earch. Con cepts in t he selecte d silo tha t meet the search cr iteria you | |
| 1576 | specified display in the Searc h Results area in th e lower po rtion of t he panel. | |
| 1577 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1578 | Page 60 of 147 | |
| 1579 | Search for Concepts in a Names pace Subse t | |
| 1580 | Follow thi s procedur e to searc h for conc epts that contain th e specifie d search s tring, and | |
| 1581 | that also reside wit hin a spec ific names pace subse t. A subs et is a se gment of c oncepts | |
| 1582 | created fr om a desig nated name space, bas ed on sele ction crit eria that you define . Refer | |
| 1583 | to the DTS Subset Ed itor Users Guide for procedure s on subse t creation in DTS. | |
| 1584 | Follow thi s procedur e to searc h for conc epts in th e namespac e subset y ou select. | |
| 1585 | 1. Click C oncepts as your Sear ch option. | |
| 1586 | 2. In the Search For field, sp ecify the concept/te rm search string. | |
| 1587 | 3. In the Search In area, sele ct Subset to indicat e where yo u want to search for the | |
| 1588 | string you specified in the Se arch For f ield, then from the accompanyi ng | |
| 1589 | dropdown l ist, selec t the spec ific subse t in which to search . | |
| 1590 | ||
| 1591 | ||
| 1592 | 4. In the Search By field, sel ect the de sired sear ch paramet er (e.g., Role, Prop erty, | |
| 1593 | Concept As sociation, etc.). | |
| 1594 | ||
| 1595 | Only conce pts in the selected subset tha t match yo ur search criteria, including the | |
| 1596 | search str ing you sp ecified, w ill be ret rieved fro m the sear ch. In th e example, the | |
| 1597 | subset NDF -RT was se lected for a concept Name sear ch. | |
| 1598 | ||
| 1599 | ||
| 1600 | 5. Click S earch. Ea ch concept in the se lected sub set that h as a conce pt name th at | |
| 1601 | includes t he search string you specified in the Se arch For f ield displ ays in the | |
| 1602 | Search Res ults area in the low er portion of the pa nel. | |
| 1603 | ||
| 1604 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1605 | Page 61 of 147 | |
| 1606 | Note the m atched con cepts retr ieved from a concept Name sear ch when th e | |
| 1607 | selected s ubset is N DF-RT, and the searc h string i s *recepto r*; each r eturned | |
| 1608 | concept re ferences t he subset from which it was de rived. | |
| 1609 | ||
| 1610 | ||
| 1611 | ||
| 1612 | ||
| 1613 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1614 | Page 62 of 147 | |
| 1615 | Namespace Maintenanc e | |
| 1616 | Overview | |
| 1617 | Each names pace in DT S represen ts an indi vidual sou rce termin ology (e.g ., SNOMED, | |
| 1618 | ICD-9-CM). The DTS Editor pro vides a se t of optio ns that al low you to view data in all | |
| 1619 | namespaces , edit nam espaces of certain t ypes, and create new , local na mespaces. | |
| 1620 | A namespac e authorit y indicate s the orga nization ( e.g., U.S. National Library of | |
| 1621 | Medicine, U.S. Medic al Terms R eview) tha t approved and/or ce rtified a specific | |
| 1622 | terminolog y. A name space auth ority must be specif ied as par t of each namespace | |
| 1623 | definition . In addi tion to na mespace ma intenance, authority maintenan ce is disc ussed in | |
| 1624 | this secti on. | |
| 1625 | A namespac e’s locali ty indicat es how the namespace data was acquired. A Subscri ption | |
| 1626 | namespace is one for which con tent was l oaded into DTS throu gh a subsc ription im port. | |
| 1627 | A Local na mespace is one that was create d using th e DTS Edit or, or loa ded from T DE | |
| 1628 | using the Knowledgeb ase Load u tility, fo r the purp ose of cre ating and maintainin g local | |
| 1629 | terminolog y content. | |
| 1630 | In DTS a n amespace i s one of f our distin ct types: Ontylog, T hesaurus, Connection , or | |
| 1631 | Ontylog Ex tension. Each names pace type is describ ed briefly , as well as the lev el of | |
| 1632 | functional ity availa ble in eac h namespac e type usi ng the DTS Editor. | |
| 1633 | Ontylog Na mespaces | |
| 1634 | Ontylog is a languag e used to build and maintain l arge knowl edgebases using desc ription | |
| 1635 | logic. Co ncepts in Ontylog ar e organize d into a t axonomy by a process called | |
| 1636 | classifica tion. An Ontylog na mespace is one devel oped using Apelon’s Terminolog y | |
| 1637 | Developmen t Environm ent (TDE) suite of t ools, incl uding the Ontylog Ed itor. | |
| 1638 | The DTS Ed itor provi des view c apabilitie s for Onty log subscr iption nam espaces. In the | |
| 1639 | DTS Editor you can v iew the co ncept hier archy tree in any se lected Ont ylog termi nology | |
| 1640 | namespace. You also can view attribute details (e .g., prope rties, rol es) for an y selected | |
| 1641 | concept in the names pace. | |
| 1642 | You cannot use the D TS Editor to perform edits dir ectly to a n Ontylog- type subsc ription | |
| 1643 | namespace. However, the DTS E ditor allo ws you to create and maintain new conten t for | |
| 1644 | the Ontylo g subscrip tion names pace throu gh two dif ferent app roaches. | |
| 1645 | • You can create a n ew local, editable T hesaurus n amespace u sing the D TS Editor | |
| 1646 | o Within t his local namespace you can ad d new prop erties to the Ontylo g | |
| 1647 | subscripti on concept s, create synonyms, create ass ociations, and add | |
| 1648 | qualifiers to proper ties and a ssociation s. | |
| 1649 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1650 | Page 63 of 147 | |
| 1651 | o Because the local content is in a sepa rate names pace, this approach | |
| 1652 | prevents i nadvertent overwrite of any ne w local da ta (entere d using th e | |
| 1653 | DTS Editor ) if updat ed TDE con tent is mi grated int o the DTS | |
| 1654 | knowledgeb ase at a l ater time. Refer to the Curre nt Local N amespace | |
| 1655 | discussion later in this secti on. | |
| 1656 | • You can create an Ontylog Ex tension na mespace | |
| 1657 | o As its t itle impli es, each O ntylog Ext ension nam espace is an extensi on of | |
| 1658 | a specific Ontylog s ubscriptio n namespac e, created for the p urpose of | |
| 1659 | creating/m aintaining new local content f or the lin ked Ontylo g subscrip tion | |
| 1660 | namespace. | |
| 1661 | o In the E xtension n amespace y ou can add new conce pts, add o r change | |
| 1662 | concept re lationship s (i.e., s uperconcep t/subconce pt relatio nships) ad d or | |
| 1663 | change rol e relation ship value s, and add new assoc iations fo r the Onty log | |
| 1664 | namespace. | |
| 1665 | o You can classify t he Extensi on namespa ce against the linke d Ontylog | |
| 1666 | subscripti on namespa ce, then v iew the ne w hierarch y for the Ontylog | |
| 1667 | Extension namespace; the displ ayed Exten sion names pace hiera rchy | |
| 1668 | reflects b oth the li nked Ontyl og subscri ption name space conc epts, and | |
| 1669 | concepts f rom the Ex tension na mespace. | |
| 1670 | o Refer to the Creat e and Main tain Ontyl og Extensi on Namespa ces and | |
| 1671 | Classify a n Ontylog Extension Namespace discussion s in the O ntylog | |
| 1672 | Extension Namespaces and Exten sion Names pace Class ification in DTS | |
| 1673 | document f or more on Ontylog E xtension n amespaces and classi fication. | |
| 1674 | ||
| 1675 | ||
| 1676 | ||
| 1677 | Thesaurus Namespaces | |
| 1678 | In DTS a T hesaurus n amespace i s one that is create d as a mor e localize d collecti on of | |
| 1679 | concepts a nd terms. For Thesa urus names paces, con cepts are organized based on | |
| 1680 | relationsh ips (assoc iations) w ith other concepts. | |
| 1681 | Subscripti on namespa ces with t he type of Thesaurus are not e ditable in the DTS E ditor. | |
| 1682 | However, y ou can cre ate a new local name space that is a Thes aurus type and creat e and | |
| 1683 | maintain c ontent loc ally. | |
| 1684 | Connection Namespace s | |
| 1685 | Connection namespace s do not c ontain any concepts or terms. Rather, t hey contai n | |
| 1686 | associatio ns between concepts or terms i n other na mespaces. | |
| 1687 | Note: You also can p erform mai ntenance o n Ontylog namespaces using the TDE Ontyl og | |
| 1688 | Editor too l. Refer to the Ont ylog Edito r User Gui de, includ ed with th e TDE prod uct, for | |
| 1689 | details on maintaini ng Ontylog namespace data usin g that too l. | |
| 1690 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1691 | Page 64 of 147 | |
| 1692 | Current Lo cal Namesp ace | |
| 1693 | Select Set Current L ocal Names pace from the Option s menu to set a curr ent local | |
| 1694 | namespace using the Set Curren t Local Na mespace wi ndow. The namespace you speci fy | |
| 1695 | here becom es the def ault local (writable ) namespac e for the addition a nd mainten ance of | |
| 1696 | the proper ty types, associatio n types, a nd qualifi er types u sed during the addit ion of loc al | |
| 1697 | content to a subscri ption name space. | |
| 1698 | ||
| 1699 | ||
| 1700 | Thereafter , you can add a new property, synonym, o r associat ion to a c oncept or term in a | |
| 1701 | subscripti on namespa ce, as lon g as the a ppropriate attribute type (e.g ., propert y type) | |
| 1702 | exists in the curren t local na mespace. You have t he option of changin g the loca l | |
| 1703 | namespace at a later time. | |
| 1704 | Attributes added in this manne r to a con cept or te rm in a su bscription namespace are | |
| 1705 | listed in italics in the Conce pt/Term De tails pane l view, as well as i n the Conc ept Tree | |
| 1706 | panel view (Containe r and Inli ne version s of the O ntylog Tre e view). Note the | |
| 1707 | illustrati on. | |
| 1708 | ||
| 1709 | The attrib utes thems elves actu ally are w ritten to the local namespace; no databa se | |
| 1710 | updates oc cur for th e subscrip tion names pace itsel f. | |
| 1711 | You must c reate at l east one l ocal names pace using the DTS E ditor. Th e Editor a llows | |
| 1712 | you to sel ect a curr ent, or wo rking loca l namespac e in which local con tent for a ny | |
| 1713 | subscripti on namespa ces will b e stored. You can c hange the current lo cal namesp ace at | |
| 1714 | any time; the DTS Ed itor remem bers the l ocal names pace the n ext time y ou connect to it. | |
| 1715 | For your r eference, the curren t local na mespace al ways displ ays in the right-mos t panel | |
| 1716 | of the Sta tus Bar at the botto m of the D TS Editor Main windo w. | |
| 1717 | ||
| 1718 | For the pu rpose of a dding loca l content, you will create pro perty type s, concept or term | |
| 1719 | associatio n types, a nd qualifi er types i n a local namespace. When you add prope rties to a | |
| 1720 | concept, t he propert y types do not have to reside in the sam e namespac e as the c oncept, | |
| 1721 | but can be in a loca l namespac e. | |
| 1722 | Subscripti on Content Added to Local Name space | |
| 1723 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1724 | Page 65 of 147 | |
| 1725 | Synonymous associati on types a nd synonym s also may reside in a local n amespace. | |
| 1726 | Qualifier types may reside in the local namespace as well, a nd do not have to be in the | |
| 1727 | same names pace as th e properti es or asso ciations t hey modify . | |
| 1728 | Since the current lo cal namesp ace may be changed, it is not necessary for local content | |
| 1729 | for a subs cription n amespace t o be store d in a sin gle local namespace. Local co ncepts | |
| 1730 | and terms may, of co urse, be c reated in a local na mespace an d associat ed with co ncepts | |
| 1731 | and terms in the sub scription namespace. | |
| 1732 | Since prop erties, sy nonyms, an d associat ions are a ttached di rectly to concepts i n the | |
| 1733 | subscripti on namespa ce, you ca n retrieve these det ails along with the existing | |
| 1734 | subscripti on attribu tes of the concepts. In the D TS Editor, when you add or mod ify | |
| 1735 | properties , synonyms , associat ions, or q ualifiers of a subsc ription co ncept, the list of | |
| 1736 | types (e.g . property types) wi ll be thos e defined in the cur rent local namespace , rather | |
| 1737 | than those in the su bscription namespace . When yo u perform a search i n the DTS Editor, | |
| 1738 | the list o f relevant types off ered as se arch optio ns will be those typ es defined in the | |
| 1739 | selected s ubscriptio n or local namespace . | |
| 1740 | Create a L ocal Names pace | |
| 1741 | Follow thi s procedur e to add a new local namespace to your k nowledgeba se. Note: You | |
| 1742 | cannot cre ate a loca l namespac e if you c onnected t o the DTS Editor usi ng a secur e socket | |
| 1743 | server con nection (t he New but ton is dis abled). Y ou must co nnect to t he DTS Edi tor | |
| 1744 | using a JD BC connect ion or soc ket server connectio n in order to add a new namesp ace. | |
| 1745 | Refer to t he Connect to DTS Ed itor discu ssions for connectio n procedur es. | |
| 1746 | 1. To crea te a new n amespace, select Nam espace fro m the DTS Editor Mai n window | |
| 1747 | Tools menu . The Nam espace Edi tor window displays. | |
| 1748 | ||
| 1749 | ||
| 1750 | 2. Click N ew. The f ields in t he lower p ortion of the window are enabl ed. | |
| 1751 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1752 | Page 66 of 147 | |
| 1753 | 3. In the Name field , specify the name ( i.e., titl e) of the namespace you are cr eating. | |
| 1754 | Note that the namesp ace name s hould not include do uble quote s (”). | |
| 1755 | 4. In the ID field, specify th e ID for y our new lo cal namesp ace, which can be | |
| 1756 | between ze ro and 655 35. If yo u specify a number l ess than 3 2768, DTS adds the | |
| 1757 | number 327 68 to the ID number you specif y to creat e an inter nal namesp ace ID. | |
| 1758 | ||
| 1759 | The calcul ated ID di splays for your refe rence, as well as th e ID numbe r you | |
| 1760 | entered (r eferred to as the re lative ID) . If the calculated ID number is in use | |
| 1761 | already, a message d isplays to indicate the duplic ation; ent er an alte rnate ID | |
| 1762 | number. | |
| 1763 | ||
| 1764 | You must s pecify thi s internal namespace ID if you want to p ublish thi s local | |
| 1765 | namespace content fo r your own subscribe rs using t he kbconte nt-publish utility. | |
| 1766 | Refer to t he Publish Client’s Local Name space disc ussion in the Knowle dgebase | |
| 1767 | Administra tors Guide for local content p ublishing procedures . | |
| 1768 | 5. Specify a namespa ce Code fo r addition al namespa ce identif ication; t he code ca n | |
| 1769 | be formatt ed however you want. | |
| 1770 | 6. An auth ority indi cates the organizati on (e.g., U.S. Natio nal Librar y of | |
| 1771 | Medicine) that appro ved and/or certified a termino logy. Fro m the Auth ority fiel d | |
| 1772 | dropdown l ist, selec t the esta blished au thority fo r the new namespace. Refer to | |
| 1773 | the Author ity View a nd Mainten ance discu ssions for procedure s on viewi ng and | |
| 1774 | creating a uthorities . | |
| 1775 | 7. A names pace is on e of four types: Ont ylog, Thes aurus, Con nection, o r Ontylog | |
| 1776 | Extension. You can create The saurus, Co nnection, or Ontylog Extension | |
| 1777 | namespaces locally a nd make th em read-on ly or edit able. Fro m the Type field | |
| 1778 | dropdown l ist, selec t the type of termin ology (The saurus, Co nnection, or | |
| 1779 | Ontylog Ex tension) r epresented in this n amespace. Refer to the Overvi ew | |
| 1780 | discussion s under Na mespace Ma intenance for more o n the Thes aurus and | |
| 1781 | Connection namespace types. | |
| 1782 | ||
| 1783 | You can cr eate an On tylog Exte nsion name space as a n extensio n of an On tylog | |
| 1784 | subscripti on namespa ce. In th e Ontylog Extension namespace you can cr eate | |
| 1785 | new concep ts for an Ontylog su bscription namespace , then cla ssify the Extension | |
| 1786 | namespace against th e linked O ntylog sub scription namespace. | |
| 1787 | ||
| 1788 | Refer to t he Create and Mainta in Ontylog Extension Namespace s and Clas sify an | |
| 1789 | Ontylog Ex tension Na mespace di scussions in the Ont ylog Exten sion Names paces | |
| 1790 | and Extens ion Namesp ace Classi fication i n DTS docu ment for m ore on Ont ylog | |
| 1791 | Extension namespaces and class ification. | |
| 1792 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1793 | Page 67 of 147 | |
| 1794 | 8. The Lin ked Namesp ace field is enabled only if y ou are cre ating an O ntylog | |
| 1795 | Extension namespace for an exi sting Onty log subscr iption nam espace (i. e., the | |
| 1796 | value in t he Type fi eld is Ont ylog Exten sion). Th e field is disabled for all | |
| 1797 | namespaces other tha n those of the Ontyl og Extensi on type. In the Nam espace | |
| 1798 | Editor win dow, the l inked Onty log subscr iption nam espace is referenced in the | |
| 1799 | Extends co lumn. | |
| 1800 | ||
| 1801 | Select the Ontylog s ubscriptio n namespac e for whic h you are creating t he new | |
| 1802 | Extension namespace. In the E xtension n amespace y ou can cre ate and ed it | |
| 1803 | concepts f or the lin ked Ontylo g subscrip tion names pace. You also can classify | |
| 1804 | concepts i n the Exte nsion name space agai nst the co ntent in t he Ontylog | |
| 1805 | subscripti on namespa ce. | |
| 1806 | ||
| 1807 | Refer to t he Create and Mainta in Ontylog Extension Namespace s and Clas sify an | |
| 1808 | Ontylog Ex tension Na mespace di scussions in the Ont ylog Exten sion Names paces | |
| 1809 | and Extens ion Namesp ace Classi fication i n DTS docu ment for m ore on Ont ylog | |
| 1810 | Extension namespaces and class ification. | |
| 1811 | 9. The nam espace per mission in dicates wh ether or n ot the loc al namespa ce is | |
| 1812 | editable. From the Permission field dro pdown list , select t he level o f permissi on | |
| 1813 | (Read-Only or Read-W rite) a us er will ha ve in this namespace . | |
| 1814 | 10. The na mespace Lo cality ind icates how the names pace data was acquir ed. Local | |
| 1815 | is the val ue for a n amespace c reated usi ng the DTS Editor, o r loaded f rom TDE | |
| 1816 | using the Knowledgeb ase Load u tility, fo r the purp ose of cre ating and | |
| 1817 | maintainin g local te rminology content; t he field i s not edit able. | |
| 1818 | 11. Click Apply to a dd the nam espace to the knowle dgebase. The new na mespace is | |
| 1819 | added to t he table o n the Name space Edit or window, which rem ains displ ayed; | |
| 1820 | you can cl ick New ag ain and cr eate addit ional loca l namespac es. | |
| 1821 | 12. When y ou finish creating, viewing, a nd editing namespace s, click C lose to cl ose | |
| 1822 | the Namesp ace Editor window. | |
| 1823 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1824 | Page 68 of 147 | |
| 1825 | View and E dit an Exi sting Name space | |
| 1826 | Follow thi s procedur e to view informatio n for an e xisting su bscription namespace , or | |
| 1827 | local name space in y our knowle dgebase. For a loca l namespac e, you can edit the | |
| 1828 | informatio n as neces sary. Sub scription namespace informatio n is not e ditable. | |
| 1829 | 1. To view or edit a n existing namespace , select N amespace f rom the DT S Editor | |
| 1830 | Main windo w Tools me nu. The N amespace E ditor wind ow display s. | |
| 1831 | ||
| 1832 | ||
| 1833 | ||
| 1834 | Informatio n for each existing namespace is listed in a table format. Informatio n | |
| 1835 | includes t he namespa ce name an d namespac e type (On tylog, The saurus, | |
| 1836 | Connection , or Ontyl og Extensi on). An i ndicator r eferencing if each n amespace | |
| 1837 | is a local namespace (TRUE, FA LSE) is in cluded as well. For each list ed | |
| 1838 | Ontylog Ex tension na mespace, t he name of the Ontyl og subscri ption name space | |
| 1839 | to which i t is linke d is refer enced. | |
| 1840 | ||
| 1841 | You can re size the t able colum ns. To ch ange the s ort for th e namespac e list, cl ick | |
| 1842 | the column header fo r the char acteristic (Namespac e, Type, L ocal, or E xtends) | |
| 1843 | on which y ou want to base the sort. | |
| 1844 | 2. In the table list ing, click the names pace you w ant to vie w or modif y to highl ight | |
| 1845 | the row. The data i n the bott om portion of the wi ndow chang es to refl ect | |
| 1846 | informatio n from tha t namespac e. | |
| 1847 | ||
| 1848 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1849 | Page 69 of 147 | |
| 1850 | ||
| 1851 | ||
| 1852 | The namesp ace Name d isplays. This field is editab le for a l ocal names pace. | |
| 1853 | 3. The ID for an exi sting name space is n ot editabl e, regardl ess of whe ther it is a | |
| 1854 | subscripti on or loca l namespac e. See th e Create a Local Nam espace dis cussion | |
| 1855 | for inform ation on a ssigning a namespace ID to a n ew local n amespace. | |
| 1856 | 4. The Cod e provides additiona l namespac e identifi cation, an d can be f ormatted | |
| 1857 | however yo u want. T he Code fo r an exist ing namesp ace is not editable, | |
| 1858 | regardless of whethe r it is a subscripti on or loca l namespac e. | |
| 1859 | 5. An auth ority indi cates the organizati on (e.g., U.S. Natio nal Librar y of | |
| 1860 | Medicine) that appro ved and/or certified a termino logy. For a local n amespace, | |
| 1861 | select an alternate, establish ed authori ty from th e Authorit y field dr opdown lis t. | |
| 1862 | Refer to t he Authori ty View an d Maintena nce discus sions for procedures on | |
| 1863 | viewing an d creating authoriti es. | |
| 1864 | 6. A names pace is on e of four types: Ont ylog, Thes aurus, Con nection, o r Ontylog | |
| 1865 | Extension. Each nam espace may be a subs cription n amespace, or a local | |
| 1866 | namespace. Refer to the Overv iew discus sions unde r Namespac e Maintena nce | |
| 1867 | for more o n namespac e types. | |
| 1868 | ||
| 1869 | Using the DTS Editor you can c reate an O ntylog Ext ension nam espace as an | |
| 1870 | extension of an Onty log subscr iption nam espace. I n the Exte nsion name space | |
| 1871 | you can cr eate new c oncepts fo r an Ontyl og subscri ption name space, the n classify | |
| 1872 | the Extens ion namesp ace agains t the link ed Ontylog subscript ion namesp ace. | |
| 1873 | ||
| 1874 | Refer to t he Create and Mainta in Ontylog Extension Namespace s and Clas sify an | |
| 1875 | Ontylog Ex tension Na mespace di scussions in the Ont ylog Exten sion Names paces | |
| 1876 | and Extens ion Namesp ace Classi fication i n DTS docu ment for m ore on Ont ylog | |
| 1877 | Extension namespaces and class ification. | |
| 1878 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1879 | Page 70 of 147 | |
| 1880 | A Thesauru s namespac e may be e ither a su bscription namespace or a loca l | |
| 1881 | namespace. Using th e DTS Edit or you can create a new local namespace as either | |
| 1882 | a Thesauru s or Conne ction name space. Fo r a local namespace, select th e type | |
| 1883 | of termino logy repre sented by this names pace from the Type f ield dropd own list. | |
| 1884 | 7. If you are viewin g or editi ng informa tion for a n Ontylog Extension namespace, | |
| 1885 | the value in the Lin ked Namesp ace field reflects t he Ontylog subscript ion | |
| 1886 | namespace to which i t is linke d. The fi eld is bla nk for nam espaces ot her than | |
| 1887 | those of t he Ontylog Extension type. In the Names pace Edito r window, the | |
| 1888 | linked Ont ylog subsc ription na mespace is reference d in the E xtends col umn. | |
| 1889 | ||
| 1890 | Refer to t he Create and Mainta in Ontylog Extension Namespace s and Clas sify an | |
| 1891 | Ontylog Ex tension Na mespace di scussions in the Ont ylog Exten sion Names paces | |
| 1892 | and Extens ion Namesp ace Classi fication i n DTS docu ment for m ore on Ont ylog | |
| 1893 | Extension namespaces and class ification. | |
| 1894 | 8. The nam espace Per mission in dicates wh ether or n ot the nam espace is writable. | |
| 1895 | For a loca l namespac e, select the level of permiss ion (Read- Only or Re ad- | |
| 1896 | Write) in this names pace from the Permis sion field dropdown list. Sub scription | |
| 1897 | namespaces are Read- Only. | |
| 1898 | 9. The nam espace Loc ality indi cates how the namesp ace data w as acquire d. | |
| 1899 | Subscripti on indicat es a load of namespa ce content into DTS through a | |
| 1900 | subscripti on import. Local in dicates th e namespac e was crea ted using the DTS | |
| 1901 | Editor, or loaded fr om TDE usi ng the Kno wledgebase Load util ity, for t he | |
| 1902 | purpose of creating and/or mai ntaining l ocal termi nology con tent. Thi s field is | |
| 1903 | not editab le for exi sting name spaces. | |
| 1904 | 10. Click Apply (whi ch becomes enabled i f you make an edit) to update any | |
| 1905 | namespace edits. To ignore th e edits, c lick on an y other na mespace li sted in th e | |
| 1906 | table to d isplay inf ormation s pecific to that name space. | |
| 1907 | 11. When y ou finish viewing/ed iting name spaces, cl ick Close to close t he Namespa ce | |
| 1908 | Editor win dow. | |
| 1909 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1910 | Page 71 of 147 | |
| 1911 | Delete a L ocal Names pace | |
| 1912 | Follow thi s procedur e to delet e an exist ing local namespace from your knowledgeb ase | |
| 1913 | (i.e., one that is n ot set as the curren t local na mespace). Note: You cannot de lete a loc al | |
| 1914 | namespace if you con nected to the DTS Ed itor using a secure socket ser ver connec tion | |
| 1915 | (the Delet e button i s disabled ). You mu st connect to the DT S Editor u sing a JDB C | |
| 1916 | connection or socket server co nnection i n order to delete an existing local name space. | |
| 1917 | Refer to t he Connect to DTS Ed itor discu ssions for connectio n procedur es. | |
| 1918 | 1. To dele te an exis ting local namespace , select N amespace f rom the DT S Editor | |
| 1919 | Main windo w Tools me nu. The N amespace E ditor wind ow display s. | |
| 1920 | ||
| 1921 | ||
| 1922 | ||
| 1923 | Informatio n for each existing namespace is listed in a table format. Informatio n | |
| 1924 | includes t he namespa ce name an d namespac e type (On tylog, The saurus, | |
| 1925 | Connection , or Ontyl og Extensi on). An i ndicator r eferencing if each n amespace | |
| 1926 | is a local namespace (TRUE, FA LSE) is in cluded as well. For each list ed | |
| 1927 | Ontylog Ex tension na mespace, t he name of the Ontyl og subscri ption name space | |
| 1928 | to which i t is linke d is refer enced. | |
| 1929 | ||
| 1930 | To change the sort f or the nam espace lis t, click t he column header for the | |
| 1931 | characteri stic (Name space, Typ e, Local, or Extends ) on which you want to base | |
| 1932 | the sort. | |
| 1933 | 2. In the namespace table list ing, click the names pace you w ant to del ete to hig hlight | |
| 1934 | the row. The data i n the bott om portion of the wi ndow chang es to refl ect | |
| 1935 | informatio n from tha t namespac e. | |
| 1936 | 3. The Del ete option is not av ailable if you selec ted a subs cription n amespace. | |
| 1937 | Click the enabled De lete butto n if you s elected a local name space for deletion; a | |
| 1938 | confirmati on window similar to the follo wing displ ays. | |
| 1939 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1940 | Page 72 of 147 | |
| 1941 | ||
| 1942 | ||
| 1943 | 4. Click O K to delet e the name space from the knowl edgebase; the namesp ace is | |
| 1944 | deleted fr om the tab le on the Namespace Editor win dow. All concepts, terms, | |
| 1945 | and associ ations fro m the name space are deleted as well. Cl ick Cancel to ignore | |
| 1946 | the deleti on. | |
| 1947 | ||
| 1948 | The DTS Ed itor will not permit you to de lete the c urrent loc al namespa ce. If yo u | |
| 1949 | select the current l ocal names pace for d eletion, a window li ke the fol lowing | |
| 1950 | displays . | |
| 1951 | ||
| 1952 | ||
| 1953 | ||
| 1954 | Before you attempt t o delete t his namesp ace again, you must set an alt ernate loc al | |
| 1955 | namespace. Refer to the Curre nt Local N amespace d iscussion for instru ctions on | |
| 1956 | setting th e local na mespace. | |
| 1957 | 5. Click C lose to cl ose the Na mespace Ed itor windo w. | |
| 1958 | Authority View and M aintenance | |
| 1959 | A namespac e authorit y indicate s the orga nization ( e.g., U.S. National Library of | |
| 1960 | Medicine, U.S. Medic al Terms R eview) tha t approved or certif ied a term inology. A | |
| 1961 | namespace authority must be sp ecified as part of e ach namesp ace defini tion. | |
| 1962 | Create an Authority | |
| 1963 | Follow thi s procedur e to creat e an autho rity that you can as sign to a local name space. | |
| 1964 | 1. Click t he Authori ty field b utton on t he Namespa ce Editor floating w indow. Th e | |
| 1965 | Authority Editor win dow displa ys. | |
| 1966 | ||
| 1967 | ||
| 1968 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1969 | Page 73 of 147 | |
| 1970 | 2. Click N ew. The i nformation for the e xisting di splayed au thority is cleared. | |
| 1971 | ||
| 1972 | ||
| 1973 | 3. Specify the name of the aut hority for a local n amespace i n the Name field. | |
| 1974 | 4. In the ID field s pecify the ID number of the au thority fo r a local namespace. To | |
| 1975 | avoid usin g an ID va lue alread y reserved for use b y Apelon, enter an a uthority I D | |
| 1976 | number bet ween 1000 and 2000 ( inclusive) . | |
| 1977 | 5. Click O K to updat e the know ledgebase with the n ew authori ty, or cli ck Cancel to | |
| 1978 | ignore the addition. | |
| 1979 | View an Ex isting Aut hority for a Local N amespace | |
| 1980 | Follow thi s procedur e to view informatio n for an e xisting, l ocal names pace autho rity. | |
| 1981 | 1. For a l ocal names pace, clic k the Auth ority fiel d button o n the Name space Edit or | |
| 1982 | window. T he Authori ty Editor window dis plays. | |
| 1983 | ||
| 1984 | ||
| 1985 | ||
| 1986 | The inform ation list ed is from the first authority in the kn owledgebas e, listed in | |
| 1987 | alphabetic al order. | |
| 1988 | 2. From th e Authorit y field dr opdown lis t, select the author ity you wa nt to view (the | |
| 1989 | list is al phabetical ). The da ta in the window cha nges to re flect info rmation fr om | |
| 1990 | that autho rity. | |
| 1991 | 3. The tit le for thi s authorit y displays in the Na me field. | |
| 1992 | 4. The ide ntificatio n number a ssigned to this auth ority disp lays in th e ID field . | |
| 1993 | 5. Click O K when you are throu gh viewing authority informati on, and to close the | |
| 1994 | Authority Editor win dow. | |
| 1995 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 1996 | Page 74 of 147 | |
| 1997 | Delete an Authority | |
| 1998 | Follow thi s procedur e to delet e an exist ing author ity. Note that you can delete the | |
| 1999 | authority if it is u sed by edi table loca l namespac es only; y ou cannot delete the authority | |
| 2000 | if it is u sed by a s ubscriptio n namespac e, or by a read-only local nam espace. | |
| 2001 | 1. Click t he Authori ty field b utton on t he Namespa ce Editor window. T he | |
| 2002 | Authority Editor win dow displa ys. | |
| 2003 | ||
| 2004 | ||
| 2005 | ||
| 2006 | The inform ation list ed is from the first authority in the kn owledgebas e, listed in | |
| 2007 | alphabetic al order. | |
| 2008 | 2. From th e Authorit y field dr opdown lis t, select the author ity you wa nt to dele te. | |
| 2009 | The data i n the wind ow changes to reflec t informat ion from t hat author ity. | |
| 2010 | 3. Click D elete. A confirmati on window similar to the follo wing displ ays. | |
| 2011 | ||
| 2012 | ||
| 2013 | 4. Click O K to delet e the auth ority from the knowl edgebase. Click Can cel to ign ore | |
| 2014 | the deleti on. | |
| 2015 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2016 | Page 75 of 147 | |
| 2017 | Associatio n Maintena nce | |
| 2018 | This secti on include s basic pr ocedures f or creatin g and main taining as sociations between | |
| 2019 | concepts o r terms. An associa tion type (e.g., Rel ated To) i s assigned to each a ssociation | |
| 2020 | between co ncepts or terms to d efine the nature of the associ ation. An associati on may | |
| 2021 | also have a qualifie r, which p rovides ad ditional d etail rega rding the nature of the | |
| 2022 | associatio n (e.g., U sually). Procedures for creat ing and ma intaining associatio n types | |
| 2023 | and qualif iers are i ncluded as well. | |
| 2024 | In a writa ble namesp ace you ca n create a ssociation s between concepts a nd terms t hat | |
| 2025 | reside in one namesp ace (writa ble or not ) or creat e associat ions betwe en concept s and | |
| 2026 | terms acro ss namespa ces. Refe r to the C reate a Co ncept/Term Associati on Within a | |
| 2027 | Namespace and Map Co ncepts or Terms Acro ss Namespa ces discus sions for examples o f | |
| 2028 | these scen arios. | |
| 2029 | Associatio n Types | |
| 2030 | Each assoc iation you create be tween two concepts o r terms mu st be assi gned a spe cific | |
| 2031 | type to in dicate the nature of the link (e.g., one concept i s Broader Than the o ther, or i s | |
| 2032 | a Parent o f the othe r). The f ollowing p rocedures pertain to creating and mainta ining | |
| 2033 | associatio n types. | |
| 2034 | Create Ass ociation T ypes | |
| 2035 | Follow thi s procedur e to add o ne or more new assoc iation typ es to an e ditable | |
| 2036 | namespace. | |
| 2037 | 1. Select Associatio n Types fr om the Too ls menu. The Associ ation Type Editor | |
| 2038 | window dis plays. | |
| 2039 | ||
| 2040 | ||
| 2041 | ||
| 2042 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2043 | Page 76 of 147 | |
| 2044 | Informatio n for each existing associatio n type is listed in a table fo rmat. | |
| 2045 | Informatio n includes the assoc iation typ e name, th e namespac e in which the | |
| 2046 | associatio n was crea ted, and a n indicato r that ref erences if the assoc iation typ e is | |
| 2047 | for a conn ection bet ween Two C oncepts, b etween a c oncept and a synonym | |
| 2048 | (Concept W ith Synony mous Term) or betwee n Two Term s. | |
| 2049 | ||
| 2050 | To change the sort f or the ass ociation t ype list, click the column hea der for th e | |
| 2051 | characteri stic (Asso ciation Ty pe, Namesp ace, or Co nnects) on which you want | |
| 2052 | to base th e sort. | |
| 2053 | 2. Click N ew. The f ields in t he lower p ortion of the window are enabl ed. | |
| 2054 | 3. In the Name field , enter a name that identifies the type of associa tion you a re | |
| 2055 | creating. | |
| 2056 | 4. The ass ociation t ype ID is generated automatica lly, and d isplayed i n the ID f ield. | |
| 2057 | You cannot modify th e generate d associat ion type I D. | |
| 2058 | 5. The ass ociation t ype code i s generate d automati cally, and displayed in the Co de | |
| 2059 | field. Yo u cannot m odify the generated associatio n type cod e. | |
| 2060 | 6. In the Namespace dropdown f ield, sele ct the loc al, editab le namespa ce in whic h | |
| 2061 | you are cr eating thi s associat ion type. Only loca l namespac es are inc luded in t he | |
| 2062 | list. | |
| 2063 | 7. The val ue in the Connects d ropdown fi eld indica tes if the associati on type | |
| 2064 | represents a connect ion betwee n Two Conc epts, betw een a conc ept and a | |
| 2065 | synonym (C oncept Wit h Synonymo us Term) o r Two Term s. Select the kind of | |
| 2066 | connection this asso ciation ty pe represe nts. | |
| 2067 | 8. The val ue in the Purpose dr opdown fie ld indicat es how ass ociations assigned t his | |
| 2068 | type will be used. Select Map ping when the associ ation is t o map conc epts or | |
| 2069 | terms acro ss namespa ces. Sele ct History when the associatio n is creat ed to | |
| 2070 | archive re lationship s between concepts o r terms (f or example , if a con cept is | |
| 2071 | expected t o be retir ed). Arbi trary (the default) applies fo r all othe r associat ions. | |
| 2072 | 9. The Inv erse Name describes the invers e relation ship of th is associa tion, and | |
| 2073 | displays w hen you vi ew Inverse Concept A ssociation s (e.g., w hen you pe rform a | |
| 2074 | search). For exampl e, "Is Nar rower Than " is the i nverse of "Is Broade r Than." | |
| 2075 | 10. Click Apply to u pdate the selected l ocal names pace with the new as sociation | |
| 2076 | type; the new associ ation type is added to the tab le on the Associatio n Type Edi tor | |
| 2077 | window. The Associ ation Type Editor wi ndow remai ns display ed; you ca n click | |
| 2078 | New again and create additiona l associat ion types in the loc al namespa ce. | |
| 2079 | 11. When y ou finish creating a ssociation types, cl ick Close to close t he Associa tion | |
| 2080 | Type Edito r window. | |
| 2081 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2082 | Page 77 of 147 | |
| 2083 | View and E dit an Ass ociation T ype | |
| 2084 | Follow thi s procedur e to view informatio n for an e xisting as sociation type that exists in | |
| 2085 | any namesp ace, and e dit the in formation if the ass ociation t ype was cr eated in a local, | |
| 2086 | writable n amespace. | |
| 2087 | 1. Select Associatio n Types fr om the Too ls menu. The Associ ation Type Editor | |
| 2088 | window dis plays. | |
| 2089 | ||
| 2090 | ||
| 2091 | ||
| 2092 | Informatio n for each existing associatio n type is listed in a table fo rmat, in | |
| 2093 | columns th at you can resize. Informatio n includes the assoc iation typ e name, th e | |
| 2094 | namespace in which t he associa tion was c reated, an d an indic ator that references | |
| 2095 | if the ass ociation t ype is for a connect ion betwee n Two Conc epts, betw een a | |
| 2096 | concept an d a synony m (Concept With Syno nymous Ter m) or betw een Two | |
| 2097 | Terms. | |
| 2098 | ||
| 2099 | To change the sort f or the ass ociation t ype list, click the column hea der for th e | |
| 2100 | characteri stic (Asso ciation Ty pe, Namesp ace, or Co nnects) on which you want | |
| 2101 | to base th e sort. | |
| 2102 | 2. In the associatio n type tab le listing , click th e associat ion type y ou want to view or | |
| 2103 | modify to highlight the row. The lower portion of the windo w changes to reflect | |
| 2104 | informatio n from tha t associat ion type. If the as sociation type you s elected wa s | |
| 2105 | created in a subscri ption name space, non e of the f ields are editable. If the | |
| 2106 | associatio n type was created i n a local, writable namespace, the edita ble fields are | |
| 2107 | enabled. | |
| 2108 | 3. In the Name field , modify t he associa tion type name, as n ecessary. | |
| 2109 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2110 | Page 78 of 147 | |
| 2111 | 4. The ID that was g enerated w hen the as sociation type was c reated dis plays; the ID | |
| 2112 | is not edi table, for any type of namespa ce. | |
| 2113 | 5. The ass ociation t ype Code t hat was ge nerated wh en the ass ociation t ype was | |
| 2114 | created di splays; th e code is not editab le, for an y type of namespace. | |
| 2115 | 6. The Nam espace in which the associatio n type was created i s not edit able, for any | |
| 2116 | type of na mespace. | |
| 2117 | 7. The val ue in the Connects d ropdown fi eld indica tes if the associati on type | |
| 2118 | represents a connect ion betwee n Two Conc epts, betw een a conc ept and a | |
| 2119 | synonym (C oncept Wit h Synonymo us Term), or Two Ter ms. The v alue in th e | |
| 2120 | Connects f ield is ed itable as long as th is is an a ssociation type that was creat ed in | |
| 2121 | a writable namespace , and no c oncepts ex ist that h ave this a ssociation type. | |
| 2122 | 8. The val ue in the Purpose dr opdown fie ld indicat es how ass ociations assigned t his | |
| 2123 | type will be used. Select Map ping when the associ ation is t o map conc epts or | |
| 2124 | terms acro ss namespa ces. Sele ct History when the associatio n is creat ed to | |
| 2125 | archive re lationship s between concepts o r terms. Arbitrary (the defau lt) applie s | |
| 2126 | for all ot her associ ation type s. | |
| 2127 | 9. The Inv erse Name describes the invers e relation ship of th is associa tion, and | |
| 2128 | displays w hen you vi ew Inverse Concept A ssociation s (e.g., d uring a se arch). | |
| 2129 | For exampl e, "Is Nar rower Than " is the i nverse of "Is Broade r Than." | |
| 2130 | 10. Click Apply (whi ch becomes enabled i f you make an edit) to update the select ed | |
| 2131 | local name space with the assoc iation typ e edits; t he Associa tion Type Editor | |
| 2132 | window rem ains displ ayed for a dditional edits and/ or additio ns. | |
| 2133 | ||
| 2134 | To ignore the edits, click on any other associatio n type lis ted in the table to | |
| 2135 | display in formation specific t o that ass ociation t ype. When the confi rmation | |
| 2136 | window sim ilar to th e followin g displays , click No to procee d without update of | |
| 2137 | the edits. | |
| 2138 | ||
| 2139 | ||
| 2140 | 11. Click Close to c lose the A ssociation Type Edit or window. | |
| 2141 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2142 | Page 79 of 147 | |
| 2143 | Delete an Associatio n Type | |
| 2144 | Follow thi s procedur e to delet e an exist ing associ ation type that was created in a local, | |
| 2145 | writable n amespace. If there are associ ations tha t exist wi th this as sociation type, you | |
| 2146 | will not b e permitte d to delet e the asso ciation ty pe. | |
| 2147 | 1. Select Associatio n Types fr om the Too ls menu. The Associ ation Type Editor | |
| 2148 | window dis plays. | |
| 2149 | ||
| 2150 | ||
| 2151 | ||
| 2152 | Informatio n for each existing associatio n type is listed in a table fo rmat, in | |
| 2153 | columns th at you can resize. Informatio n includes the assoc iation typ e name, th e | |
| 2154 | namespace in which t he associa tion was c reated, an d an indic ator that references | |
| 2155 | if the ass ociation t ype is for a connect ion betwee n Two Conc epts, betw een a | |
| 2156 | concept an d a synony m (Concept With Syno nymous Ter m) or betw een Two | |
| 2157 | Terms. | |
| 2158 | ||
| 2159 | To change the sort f or the ass ociation t ype list, click the column hea der for th e | |
| 2160 | characteri stic (Asso ciation Ty pe, Namesp ace, or Co nnects) on which you want | |
| 2161 | to base th e sort. | |
| 2162 | 2. In the associatio n type tab le listing , click th e associat ion type y ou want to delete | |
| 2163 | to highlig ht the row . The low er portion of the wi ndow chang es to refl ect | |
| 2164 | informatio n from tha t associat ion type. | |
| 2165 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2166 | Page 80 of 147 | |
| 2167 | 3. Click D elete. A window sim ilar to th e followin g displays if associ ations wit h this | |
| 2168 | type exist in a loca l namespac e. | |
| 2169 | ||
| 2170 | ||
| 2171 | ||
| 2172 | As long as associati ons of thi s type exi st, you wi ll not be permitted to delete the | |
| 2173 | associatio n type. I f no assoc iations wi th this ty pe exist, a delete c onfirmatio n | |
| 2174 | window sim ilar to th e followin g displays . | |
| 2175 | ||
| 2176 | ||
| 2177 | ||
| 2178 | Click OK t o delete t he associa tion type from the n amespace i n which it was | |
| 2179 | created; t he associa tion type is removed from the table on t he Associa tion Type | |
| 2180 | Editor win dow. Clic k Cancel t o ignore t he deletio n. | |
| 2181 | 4. Click C lose to cl ose the As sociation Type Edito r window. | |
| 2182 | Associatio n Qualifie r Types | |
| 2183 | For each a ssociation you can s pecify (op tionally) an establi shed quali fier type and | |
| 2184 | value. Fo r an assoc iation typ e, a quali fier provi des additi onal detai l regardin g the natu re | |
| 2185 | of a conce pt or term associati on (for ex ample, the origin of an associ ation, or the degree | |
| 2186 | of accurac y of a map ping betwe en concept s, such as Usually). You can assign a q ualifier | |
| 2187 | type and v alue to ea ch associa tion betwe en concept s or terms . The fol lowing pro cedures | |
| 2188 | pertain to creating and mainta ining qual ifier type s. | |
| 2189 | Create Ass ociation Q ualifier T ypes | |
| 2190 | Follow thi s procedur e to add o ne or more new assoc iation qua lifier typ es to a lo cal, | |
| 2191 | editable n amespace. | |
| 2192 | 1. Select Qualifier Types from the Tools menu. Th e Qualifie r Type Edi tor window | |
| 2193 | displays. | |
| 2194 | ||
| 2195 | ||
| 2196 | ||
| 2197 | ||
| 2198 | ||
| 2199 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2200 | Page 81 of 147 | |
| 2201 | ||
| 2202 | ||
| 2203 | Informatio n for exis ting quali fier types (for both associati ons and pr operties) is | |
| 2204 | listed in a table fo rmat in co lumns you can resize . Qualifi er types f rom both | |
| 2205 | writable a nd non-wri table name spaces are listed. | |
| 2206 | ||
| 2207 | Table info rmation in cludes the qualifier type name , the name space in w hich the | |
| 2208 | qualifier was create d, and an indicator that refer ences the kind of as sociation it | |
| 2209 | qualifies, either Co ncept Asso ciation or Term Asso ciation (t he Concept | |
| 2210 | Property a nd Term Pr operty val ues relate to qualif ier types for concep t and | |
| 2211 | term prope rties). T o change t he sort fo r the qual ifier type list, cli ck the col umn | |
| 2212 | header for the chara cteristic (Qualifier Type, Nam espace, or Qualifies ) on | |
| 2213 | which you want to ba se the sor t. | |
| 2214 | 2. Click N ew. The f ields in t he lower p ortion of the window are enabl ed. | |
| 2215 | 3. Specify a name fo r the new associatio n qualifie r type in the Name f ield. | |
| 2216 | 4. The qua lifier typ e ID is ge nerated au tomaticall y, and dis played in the ID fie ld. | |
| 2217 | You cannot modify th e generate d qualifie r type ID. | |
| 2218 | 5. The qua lifier typ e code is generated automatica lly, and d isplayed i n the Code | |
| 2219 | field. Yo u cannot m odify the generated qualifier type code. | |
| 2220 | 6. From th e Namespac e field dr opdown lis t, select the local namespace to which t his | |
| 2221 | associatio n qualifie r type sho uld be wri tten. Sin ce a quali fier type can be wri tten | |
| 2222 | to editabl e namespac es only, o nly these namespaces are inclu ded in the list. | |
| 2223 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2224 | Page 82 of 147 | |
| 2225 | 7. The val ue you sel ect in the Qualifies field dro pdown list indicates the kind of | |
| 2226 | associatio n this qua lifier typ e will qua lify. Sel ect Concep t Associat ion for a | |
| 2227 | qualifier of an asso ciation be tween two concepts, or Term As sociation for a | |
| 2228 | qualifier of an asso ciation be tween two terms. (T he Concept Property and | |
| 2229 | Term Prope rty option s relate t o qualifie r types fo r concept and term p roperties. ) | |
| 2230 | 8. Click A pply to up date the s elected lo cal namesp ace with t he new ass ociation | |
| 2231 | qualifier type; the new qualif ier type i s added to the table on the Qu alifier Ty pe | |
| 2232 | Editor win dow. The Qualifier Type Edito r window r emains dis played; cl ick New | |
| 2233 | again to c reate addi tional ass ociation q ualifier t ypes in th e local na mespace. | |
| 2234 | 9. Click C lose to cl ose the Qu alifier Ty pe Editor window. | |
| 2235 | View and E dit an Ass ociation Q ualifier T ype | |
| 2236 | Follow thi s procedur e to view informatio n for an e xisting as sociation qualifier type, and | |
| 2237 | to perform any requi red edits. | |
| 2238 | 1. Select Qualifier Types from the Tools menu. Th e Qualifie r Type Edi tor window | |
| 2239 | displays. | |
| 2240 | ||
| 2241 | ||
| 2242 | ||
| 2243 | Informatio n for exis ting quali fier types (for both associati ons and pr operties) is | |
| 2244 | listed in a table fo rmat in co lumns you can resize . Qualifi er types f rom both | |
| 2245 | writable a nd non-wri table name spaces are listed. | |
| 2246 | ||
| 2247 | Table info rmation in cludes the qualifier type name , the name space in w hich the | |
| 2248 | qualifier was create d, and an indicator that refer ences the kind of as sociation it | |
| 2249 | qualifies, either Co ncept Asso ciation or Term Asso ciation (t he Concept | |
| 2250 | Property a nd Term Pr operty opt ions relat e to quali fier types for conce pt and | |
| 2251 | term prope rties). | |
| 2252 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2253 | Page 83 of 147 | |
| 2254 | To change the sort f or the qua lifier typ e list, cl ick the co lumn heade r for the | |
| 2255 | characteri stic (Qual ifier Type , Namespac e, or Qual ifies) on which you want to | |
| 2256 | base the s ort. | |
| 2257 | 2. In the qualifier type table listing, click the associatio n qualifie r type you want to | |
| 2258 | view or mo dify to hi ghlight th e row. Th e data in the bottom portion o f the | |
| 2259 | window cha nges to re flect info rmation fo r that ass ociation q ualifier. | |
| 2260 | ||
| 2261 | If the ass ociation q ualifier t ype was cr eated in a local (wr itable) na mespace, y ou | |
| 2262 | can modify the quali fier type Name, as n eeded. Th e Name is not editab le if the | |
| 2263 | associatio n qualifie r type is from a sub scription namespace. | |
| 2264 | 3. The ID generated for the as sociation qualifier type when it was cre ated displ ays. | |
| 2265 | The field is not edi table. | |
| 2266 | 4. The Cod e generate d for the associatio n qualifie r type whe n it was c reated | |
| 2267 | displays. The field is not ed itable. | |
| 2268 | 5. The Nam espace in which this associati on qualifi er type wa s created displays. The | |
| 2269 | field is n ot editabl e. | |
| 2270 | 6. The val ue in the Qualifies field indi cates the kind of as sociation this type qualifies | |
| 2271 | (the field is not ed itable, re gardless o f the name space in w hich the q ualifier t ype | |
| 2272 | was create d). Conce pt Associa tion repre sents a qu alifier of an associ ation | |
| 2273 | between tw o concepts ; Term Ass ociation r epresents a qualifie r of an as sociation | |
| 2274 | between tw o terms. (The Conce pt Propert y and Term Property options re late | |
| 2275 | to qualifi er types f or concept and term properties ; these op tions are addressed in | |
| 2276 | the Proper ties discu ssions.). | |
| 2277 | 7. Click A pply (whic h becomes enabled if you make an edit) t o update t he selecte d | |
| 2278 | local name space with the assoc iation qua lifier typ e edits; t he Qualifi er Type | |
| 2279 | Editor win dow remain s displaye d if you w ant to vie w or edit other qual ifier type s. | |
| 2280 | ||
| 2281 | To ignore the edits, click on any other associatio n qualifie r type lis ted in the table | |
| 2282 | to display informati on specifi c to that associatio n type. W hen the co nfirmation | |
| 2283 | window sim ilar to th e followin g displays , click No to procee d without update of | |
| 2284 | the edits. | |
| 2285 | ||
| 2286 | ||
| 2287 | 8. Click C lose to cl ose the Qu alifier Ty pe Editor window. | |
| 2288 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2289 | Page 84 of 147 | |
| 2290 | Delete an Associatio n Qualifie r Type | |
| 2291 | Follow thi s procedur e to delet e an exist ing associ ation qual ifier type from a lo cal | |
| 2292 | namespace. The asso ciation qu alifier ty pe must ha ve been cr eated in a local (i. e., | |
| 2293 | writable) namespace in order f or you to delete it. | |
| 2294 | 1. Select Qualifier Types from the Tools menu. Th e Qualifie r Type Edi tor window | |
| 2295 | displays. | |
| 2296 | ||
| 2297 | ||
| 2298 | ||
| 2299 | Informatio n for exis ting quali fier types (for both associati ons and pr operties) is | |
| 2300 | listed in a table fo rmat in co lumns you can resize . Qualifi er types f rom both | |
| 2301 | writable a nd non-wri table name spaces are listed. | |
| 2302 | ||
| 2303 | Table info rmation in cludes the qualifier type name , the name space in w hich the | |
| 2304 | qualifier was create d, and an indicator that refer ences the kind of as sociation it | |
| 2305 | qualifies, either Co ncept Asso ciation or Term Asso ciation (t he Concept | |
| 2306 | Property a nd Term Pr operty opt ions relat e to quali fier types for conce pt and | |
| 2307 | term prope rties). | |
| 2308 | ||
| 2309 | To change the sort f or the qua lifier typ e list, cl ick the co lumn heade r for the | |
| 2310 | characteri stic (Qual ifier Type , Namespac e, or Qual ifies) on which you want to | |
| 2311 | base the s ort. | |
| 2312 | 2. In the qualifier type table listing, click the associatio n qualifie r type you want to | |
| 2313 | delete to highlight the row. The lower portion of the windo w changes to reflect | |
| 2314 | informatio n from tha t associat ion qualif ier type. | |
| 2315 | 3. Click D elete. If the assoc iation qua lifier typ e you sele cted for d eletion is from a | |
| 2316 | non-writab le namespa ce, a mess age window displays indicating that you cannot | |
| 2317 | delete tha t type. | |
| 2318 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2319 | Page 85 of 147 | |
| 2320 | ||
| 2321 | ||
| 2322 | Click OK, then selec t an assoc iation qua lifier typ e from a w ritable na mespace an d | |
| 2323 | click Dele te. | |
| 2324 | ||
| 2325 | Note: If t he qualifi er type ha s been ass igned to o ne or more associati ons in a l ocal | |
| 2326 | namespace, a window displays i ndicating that you w ill not be permitted to delete | |
| 2327 | this quali fier type. Click OK to exit t he delete process. If there a re no | |
| 2328 | associatio ns that ha ve been as signed thi s qualifie r type, a delete con firmation | |
| 2329 | window sim ilar to th e followin g displays . | |
| 2330 | ||
| 2331 | ||
| 2332 | 4. Click O K to delet e the asso ciation qu alifier ty pe from th e namespac e; the | |
| 2333 | associatio n qualifie r type is removed fr om the tab le on the Qualifier Type Edito r | |
| 2334 | window. C lick Cance l to ignor e the dele tion. | |
| 2335 | Create Ass ociations | |
| 2336 | Follow thi s procedur e when you want to a dd one or more new a ssociation s between two | |
| 2337 | existing c oncepts or terms in a local na mespace. You also c an add an associatio n | |
| 2338 | between co ncepts or terms in a subscript ion namesp ace, provi ded the de sired asso ciation | |
| 2339 | type (and optional q ualifier t ype) was c reated in the curren t local na mespace. | |
| 2340 | 1. Select Associatio ns from th e Tools me nu, or cli ck the Ass ociation E ditor icon | |
| 2341 | on the DTS Editor Ma in window toolbar. The Associ ation Edit or window | |
| 2342 | displays. | |
| 2343 | ||
| 2344 | ||
| 2345 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2346 | Page 86 of 147 | |
| 2347 | 2. From an other disp layed pane l or windo w (e.g., C oncept Tre e panel) d rag the | |
| 2348 | from conce pt in the From/To as sociation, then drop it into t he From | |
| 2349 | Concept/Te rm field o n the Asso ciation Ed itor windo w. The na me of the | |
| 2350 | concept/te rm display s; the nam espace in which it w as created displays in bracket s. | |
| 2351 | 3. A new a ssociation is writte n to the l ocal names pace where the assoc iation typ e | |
| 2352 | was create d. From t he Associa tion Type field drop down list, select th e type of | |
| 2353 | associatio n (e.g., B roader Tha n, Narrowe r Than) yo u are crea ting betwe en the | |
| 2354 | concepts o r terms. Only assoc iation typ es from th e current local name space are | |
| 2355 | listed, al phabetical ly. Refer to the As sociation Types disc ussions. | |
| 2356 | ||
| 2357 | You have t he option of filteri ng the ass ociation t ypes that are availa ble from t he | |
| 2358 | Associatio n Type fie ld dropdow n list by creating a pre-defin ed, filter ed list of | |
| 2359 | types. Wh en you att empt to se lect an as sociation type from the Associ ation Type | |
| 2360 | field drop down list, or select an altern ate associ ation type , only the pre-selec ted | |
| 2361 | types disp lay in the list. Re fer to the Filter As sociation Types disc ussion. | |
| 2362 | 4. From an other disp layed pane l or windo w, drag th e target c oncept/ter m in the | |
| 2363 | associatio n in the T o Concept/ Term dropd own field. The name of the to | |
| 2364 | concept/te rm display s; the nam espace in which it w as created displays in bracket s. | |
| 2365 | ||
| 2366 | ||
| 2367 | 5. For eac h associat ion you ca n add one or more qu alifiers, each of wh ich consis ts of | |
| 2368 | an establi shed assoc iation qua lifier typ e and valu e. Qualif iers provi de additio nal | |
| 2369 | detail reg arding the nature of a concept or term a ssociation (e.g., Us ually). | |
| 2370 | ||
| 2371 | From the Q ualifier T ype field dropdown l ist, selec t a qualif ier type t o assign t o | |
| 2372 | this assoc iation. T he list re flects ass ociation q ualifier t ypes that were creat ed in | |
| 2373 | the same l ocal names pace where the selec ted associ ation type was creat ed (refer | |
| 2374 | to the Ass ociation Q ualifier T ypes discu ssions). | |
| 2375 | 6. For the qualifier (type) yo u selected for this associatio n, specify the assoc iation | |
| 2376 | qualifier value in t he Qualifi er Value f ield. For each asso ciation yo u can crea te | |
| 2377 | multiple q ualifiers of differe nt types, or create occurrence s of the s ame qualif ier | |
| 2378 | type, each with a se parate val ue. Click Add after you speci fy the Qua lifier Typ e | |
| 2379 | and Qualif ier Value; both are added to t he display area in t he lower p ortion of the | |
| 2380 | window. N ote the il lustration . | |
| 2381 | ||
| 2382 | ||
| 2383 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2384 | Page 87 of 147 | |
| 2385 | To remove an individ ual qualif ier type/v alue combi nation fro m the asso ciation, | |
| 2386 | highlight the approp riate line in the di splay area and click Remove. To clear a ll | |
| 2387 | displayed associatio n qualifie r type/val ue combina tions, cli ck Clear. | |
| 2388 | ||
| 2389 | As is the case for a ssociation types, yo u have the option of filtering the | |
| 2390 | associatio n qualifie r types th at are ava ilable fro m the Qual ifier Type field | |
| 2391 | dropdown l ist by cre ating a pr e-defined, filtered list of ty pes. When you attem pt | |
| 2392 | to select a qualifie r type fro m the Qual ifier Type field dro pdown list , or selec t an | |
| 2393 | alternate Qualifier type, only the pre-s elected ty pes will b e included in the li st. | |
| 2394 | Refer to t he Filter Associatio n Qualifie r Types di scussion l ater in th is section . | |
| 2395 | 7. Click A pply to ad d the new associatio n. If you added thi s associat ion for a | |
| 2396 | concept/te rm in a su bscription namespace , then you later vie w the conc ept/term | |
| 2397 | (e.g., on the Concep t/Term Det ails panel ) the asso ciation wi ll display in italic s to | |
| 2398 | indicate t hat it was added as local cont ent for th e subscrip tion names pace. | |
| 2399 | ||
| 2400 | The Associ ation Type Editor wi ndow remai ns display ed. You c an click N ew | |
| 2401 | again and create add itional as sociations in the lo cal namesp ace. | |
| 2402 | 8. Click C lose to cl ose the As sociation Editor win dow. | |
| 2403 | Filter Ass ociation T ypes | |
| 2404 | You can fi lter the l ist of ass ociation t ypes that are availa ble from t he Associa tion Type | |
| 2405 | dropdown f ield. Usi ng the fil tered list may simpl ify data e ntry if yo u are crea ting many | |
| 2406 | associatio ns at one time. | |
| 2407 | 1. To filt er the ass ociation t ype list, click the Associatio n Type fie ld button on the | |
| 2408 | Associatio n Editor w indow. | |
| 2409 | ||
| 2410 | ||
| 2411 | ||
| 2412 | The Filter Associati on Types w indow disp lays. | |
| 2413 | ||
| 2414 | ||
| 2415 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2416 | Page 88 of 147 | |
| 2417 | In the tab le in the top portio n of the w indow, ass ociation t ypes from all local | |
| 2418 | namespaces for which the user has been g ranted edi t permissi on are lis ted | |
| 2419 | alphabetic ally for C oncept ass ociations (the defau lt) or Ter m associat ions (clic k | |
| 2420 | Terms at t he top of the window ). Refer to the Cre ate User/A ssign Name space | |
| 2421 | Permission s discussi on in the DTS Server Operation s Guide fo r procedur es on | |
| 2422 | assigning namespace edit permi ssions to a user. | |
| 2423 | ||
| 2424 | Each assoc iation typ e name is listed, al ong with t he namespa ce where t he type | |
| 2425 | was create d. To cha nge the li st sort, c lick the c olumn head er for the character istic | |
| 2426 | (Associati on Type, N amespace) on which y ou want th e sort bas ed. | |
| 2427 | 2. In the associatio n type tab le in the upper port ion of the window, c lick one o f the | |
| 2428 | desired as sociation types to h ighlight i t for sele ction (you must sele ct each | |
| 2429 | associatio n type ind ividually) . | |
| 2430 | 3. Click A dd. The t ype you se lected is added to t he Filtere d Associat ion Types | |
| 2431 | area; the namespace where the associatio n type was created a lso is lis ted. | |
| 2432 | ||
| 2433 | ||
| 2434 | 4. To remo ve an indi vidual ass ociation t ype from t he filtere d list, hi ghlight th e | |
| 2435 | appropriat e line in the Filter ed Associa tion Types area and click Remo ve. To | |
| 2436 | clear all displayed associatio n types fr om the fil tered list , click Cl ear. | |
| 2437 | 5. When yo u are sati sfied with your filt ered list selections , click OK . Those f iltered | |
| 2438 | associatio n types, t hat also a re in the current lo cal namesp ace, will be the onl y | |
| 2439 | ones liste d in the A ssociation Type fiel d dropdown list on t he Associa tion Edito r | |
| 2440 | window. I f the filt ered list includes n o associat ion types from the c urrent loc al | |
| 2441 | namespace, then no t ypes are l isted in t he Associa tion Type field drop down list. | |
| 2442 | ||
| 2443 | Based on t he selecti ons in the previous illustrati on, the as sociation types Chil d Of | |
| 2444 | and Relate d To would be listed in the As sociation Type field dropdown list (the | |
| 2445 | filtered a ssociation types are in the cu rrent loca l namespac e). | |
| 2446 | ||
| 2447 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2448 | Page 89 of 147 | |
| 2449 | ||
| 2450 | ||
| 2451 | To select a new set of filtere d associat ion types for the li st, click the Associ ation | |
| 2452 | Type field button ag ain and se lect from the Filter Associati on Types w indow. | |
| 2453 | Filter Ass ociation Q ualifier T ypes | |
| 2454 | You can fi lter the l ist of ass ociation q ualifier t ypes that are availa ble from t he Qualifi er | |
| 2455 | Type dropd own field. Using th e filtered list may simplify d ata entry if you are entering | |
| 2456 | many quali fiers at o ne time. | |
| 2457 | 1. To filt er the ass ociation q ualifier t ype list, click the Qualifier Type field button on | |
| 2458 | the Associ ation Edit or window. | |
| 2459 | ||
| 2460 | ||
| 2461 | ||
| 2462 | The Filter Qualifier Types win dow displa ys. | |
| 2463 | ||
| 2464 | ||
| 2465 | ||
| 2466 | In the tab le in the top portio n of the w indow, ass ociation q ualifier t ypes from all | |
| 2467 | local name spaces for which the user has been assig ned edit p ermission are listed | |
| 2468 | alphabetic ally for C oncepts (t he default ) or Terms (click Te rms at the top of th e | |
| 2469 | window). Refer to t he Create User/Assig n Namespac e Permissi ons discus sion in | |
| 2470 | the DTS Se rver Opera tions Guid e for proc edures on assigning namespace edit | |
| 2471 | permission s to a use r. | |
| 2472 | ||
| 2473 | Each assoc iation qua lifier typ e name is listed, as well as t he namespa ce where t he | |
| 2474 | type was c reated. T o change t he list so rt, click the column header fo r the | |
| 2475 | characteri stic (Qual ifier Type , Namespac e) on whic h you want the sort based. | |
| 2476 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2477 | Page 90 of 147 | |
| 2478 | 2. In the qualifier type table in the up per portio n of the w indow, cli ck one of the | |
| 2479 | desired as sociation qualifier types to h ighlight i t for sele ction (you must sele ct | |
| 2480 | each type individual ly). | |
| 2481 | 3. Click A dd. The a ssociation qualifier type you selected i s added to the Filte red | |
| 2482 | Qualifier Types area in the lo wer portio n of the w indow; the namespace where | |
| 2483 | the qualif ier type w as created also is l isted. | |
| 2484 | ||
| 2485 | ||
| 2486 | 4. To remo ve an indi vidual ass ociation q ualifier t ype from t he filtere d list, hi ghlight | |
| 2487 | the approp riate line in the Fi ltered Qua lifier Typ es area an d click Re move. To | |
| 2488 | clear all displayed qualifier types from the filte red list, click Clea r. | |
| 2489 | 5. When yo u are sati sfied with the selec tions in t he filtere d list, cl ick OK. | |
| 2490 | ||
| 2491 | Those filt ered assoc iation qua lifier typ es that ar e in the c urrent loc al namespa ce, | |
| 2492 | and that a lso match the Associ ation Type local nam espace, wi ll be the only ones | |
| 2493 | listed in the Qualif ier Type f ield dropd own list o n the Asso ciation E ditor | |
| 2494 | window. I f the filt ered list includes n o associat ion qualif ier types from the c urrent | |
| 2495 | local name space that also matc h the Asso ciation Ty pe local n amespace, then no | |
| 2496 | types are listed in the Associ ation Type field dro pdown list . | |
| 2497 | ||
| 2498 | Based on t he selecti ons in the previous illustrati on, the ty pes Pendin g Review | |
| 2499 | and Usuall y would be listed in the Quali fier Type field drop down list (the | |
| 2500 | Associatio n Type and these fil tered type s are in t he current local nam espace). | |
| 2501 | ||
| 2502 | ||
| 2503 | ||
| 2504 | To select a new set of filtere d qualifie r types fo r the list , click th e Qualifie r Type | |
| 2505 | field butt on again a nd make yo ur selecti ons on the Filter Qu alifier Ty pes window . | |
| 2506 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2507 | Page 91 of 147 | |
| 2508 | Synonym Ma intenance | |
| 2509 | Any concep t, in any namespace, can have one or mor e synonymo us terms. In DTS, a | |
| 2510 | term is an occurrenc e of a cha racter str ing in a n amespace ( i.e., term inology). However, | |
| 2511 | an identic al string can have d ifferent m eanings wi thin, or a cross, nam espaces. | |
| 2512 | For exampl e, Cold ca n indicate a tempera ture refer ence, and cold can i ndicate an | |
| 2513 | infection. If you w anted to e stablish a relations hip betwee n the conc ept Respir atory | |
| 2514 | Infection and the te rm cold (t he illness ) you coul d establis h cold as a synonym of | |
| 2515 | Respirator y Infectio n. | |
| 2516 | This secti on include s procedur es for cre ating and maintainin g associat ions betwe en | |
| 2517 | concepts a nd synonym ous terms. A synony m always p airs a con cept with a synonymo us | |
| 2518 | term (neve r a concep t with a c oncept, or a term wi th a term) . | |
| 2519 | You must a ssign an e stablished associati on type (e .g., Assoc . Concept w/Synon. T erm) | |
| 2520 | to each sy nonymous a ssociation between c oncepts an d terms. You can cr eate | |
| 2521 | associatio ns between concepts and terms that resid e in the s ame namesp ace, or ac ross | |
| 2522 | namespaces . | |
| 2523 | Create Syn onyms | |
| 2524 | Follow thi s procedur e when you want to c reate a re lationship (i.e., an associati on) | |
| 2525 | between a concept an d one or m ore synony mous terms . You can create th e relation ship | |
| 2526 | between th e concept and the sy nonymous t erm if the concept i s in a sub scription | |
| 2527 | namespace, provided the desire d associat ion type, and option al qualifi er type, w ere | |
| 2528 | created in the curre nt local n amespace. | |
| 2529 | 1. Select Synonyms f rom the To ols menu. The Synon ym Editor window dis plays. | |
| 2530 | ||
| 2531 | ||
| 2532 | 2. From an other disp layed pane l or windo w (e.g., C oncept Tre e panel) d rag the | |
| 2533 | concept/te rm for whi ch you are establish ing a syno nym, then drop it in to Concept | |
| 2534 | field on t he Synonym Editor wi ndow. The name of t he concept /term disp lays; the | |
| 2535 | namespace in which i t was crea ted displa ys in brac kets. | |
| 2536 | 3. A new ( synonymous ) associat ion betwee n the conc ept and th e term you select | |
| 2537 | will be wr itten to t he local n amespace w here the a ssociation type was created. | |
| 2538 | ||
| 2539 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2540 | Page 92 of 147 | |
| 2541 | From the S ynonym Typ e field dr opdown lis t, select the type o f associat ion (e.g., | |
| 2542 | Concept to Term Asso c) you are creating between th e concept and the te rm you | |
| 2543 | intend to select. | |
| 2544 | ||
| 2545 | Note that this alpha betized li st include s only ass ociation t ypes that represent a | |
| 2546 | connection between a concept a nd a synon ymous term , created in the cur rent | |
| 2547 | local name space (whi ch display s in brack ets). Ref er to the Associatio n Types | |
| 2548 | discussion s. | |
| 2549 | ||
| 2550 | You have t he option of filteri ng the ass ociation t ypes that are availa ble from t he | |
| 2551 | Synonym Ty pe field d ropdown li st by crea ting a pre -defined, filtered l ist of typ es. | |
| 2552 | When you a ttempt to select an associatio n type fro m the Syno nym Type f ield | |
| 2553 | dropdown l ist, or se lect an al ternate as sociation type, only the pre-s elected | |
| 2554 | associatio n types wi ll be incl uded in th e list. R efer to th e Filter A ssociation Types | |
| 2555 | discussion earlier i n the guid e for inst ructions o n creating a filtere d list of | |
| 2556 | associatio ns types b etween con cepts and synonymous terms. | |
| 2557 | 4. From on e of the o ther displ ay windows or panels , drag the term you want to | |
| 2558 | establish as a synon ym, and dr op it into the Term field on t he Synonym Editor | |
| 2559 | window. T he term di splays, wi th the nam espace in which it w as created | |
| 2560 | displayed in bracket s. | |
| 2561 | ||
| 2562 | ||
| 2563 | ||
| 2564 | If you wou ld rather create a n ew term to establish as a syno nym, click Create | |
| 2565 | New Term. The Creat e New Term window di splays. | |
| 2566 | ||
| 2567 | ||
| 2568 | ||
| 2569 | Specify th e Name of the new sy nonymous t erm. From the Names pace field | |
| 2570 | dropdown l ist, selec t the loca l, editabl e namespac e in which it will r eside (loc al | |
| 2571 | namespaces are liste d alphabet ically). | |
| 2572 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2573 | Page 93 of 147 | |
| 2574 | If the con cept for w hich you a re creatin g a synony mous term is from a | |
| 2575 | subscripti on namespa ce, you sh ould creat e the syno nymous ter m in the c urrent | |
| 2576 | local name space. Th e synonym you are ad ding is a New Term ( the only o ption). | |
| 2577 | Click OK. | |
| 2578 | 5. In the event mult iple synon yms exist for a spec ific conce pt, you ca n designat e that | |
| 2579 | one of the synonyms Is Preferr ed. Click the Is Pr eferred fi eld checkb ox on the | |
| 2580 | Synonym Ed itor windo w to desig nate this synonym as the prefe rred synon ym. | |
| 2581 | 6. Click A pply to ad d the syno nym to the (editable ) namespac e. | |
| 2582 | 7. Click C lose to cl ose the Sy nonym Edit or window. | |
| 2583 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2584 | Page 94 of 147 | |
| 2585 | Property M aintenance | |
| 2586 | A property is a piec e of user- defined in formation that can b e linked t o a concep t or term, | |
| 2587 | and can be used for any purpos e. For ex ample, a p roperty ca n be a tex tual defin ition for a | |
| 2588 | concept, o r can iden tify the s ource term inology wh ere a term originate d. | |
| 2589 | A property type (i.e ., definit ion) is as signed to each prope rty to def ine the na ture of th e | |
| 2590 | property. One or mo re qualifi er types a nd values can be ass igned to e ach proper ty as | |
| 2591 | well. Pro cedures fo r creating propertie s, propert y types, a nd propert y qualifie r types ar e | |
| 2592 | included i n the foll owing disc ussions. | |
| 2593 | Property T ypes | |
| 2594 | Create Pro perty Type s | |
| 2595 | Follow thi s procedur e to add a new prope rty type t o a local namespace. You then can | |
| 2596 | assign the property type to a concept in any local namespace , or add t he propert y type (as | |
| 2597 | local cont ent) for a concept i n a subscr iption nam espace. | |
| 2598 | 1. Select Property T ypes from the Tools menu. The Property Type Edito r window | |
| 2599 | displays. | |
| 2600 | ||
| 2601 | ||
| 2602 | ||
| 2603 | Informatio n for each existing property t ype is lis ted in a t able forma t, in colu mns | |
| 2604 | you can re size. Inf ormation i ncludes th e property type name , the name space in | |
| 2605 | which the property t ype was cr eated, and an indica tor that r eferences if the | |
| 2606 | property t ype is for a propert y assigned to a Conc ept or a T erm. | |
| 2607 | ||
| 2608 | To change the sort f or the pro perty type list, cli ck the col umn header for the | |
| 2609 | characteri stic (Prop erty Type, Namespace , or Attac hes To) on which you want | |
| 2610 | to base th e sort. | |
| 2611 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2612 | Page 95 of 147 | |
| 2613 | 2. Click N ew. The i nformation displayed in the lo wer portio n of the w indow for the | |
| 2614 | existing p roperty ty pe is clea red. | |
| 2615 | 3. In the Name field , specify the name f or the new property type. | |
| 2616 | 4. The pro perty type ID is gen erated aut omatically , and disp layed in t he ID fiel d. | |
| 2617 | You cannot modify th e generate d property type ID. | |
| 2618 | 5. The pro perty type code is g enerated a utomatical ly, and di splayed in the Code | |
| 2619 | field. Yo u cannot m odify the generated property t ype code. | |
| 2620 | 6. From th e Namespac e field dr opdown lis t, select the local namespace in which t his | |
| 2621 | property t ype will b e created. The list includes only local , writable namespace s. | |
| 2622 | 7. From th e Attaches To field dropdown l ist, indic ate if the property type is fo r | |
| 2623 | properties that you will assig n to a Con cept or a Term. | |
| 2624 | 8. The Val ue Size re fers to th e maximum length of a property value tha t can be | |
| 2625 | assigned t o this pro perty type . For a p roperty ty pe that at taches to a concept, | |
| 2626 | select (fr om the fie ld dropdow n list) fr om the opt ions Index able, Sear chable, an d | |
| 2627 | Big. | |
| 2628 | ||
| 2629 | Indexable properties are up to 749 chara cters in l ength, and provide f or the fas test | |
| 2630 | access; pr operty typ es that at tach to te rms have a value siz e of Index able. | |
| 2631 | Searchable propertie s are up t o 4000 cha racters. | |
| 2632 | ||
| 2633 | A Value Si ze of Big designates a propert y type val ue charact er string of more th an | |
| 2634 | 4000 chara cters. A Big proper ty is not searchable . | |
| 2635 | 9. For a p roperty ty pe that at taches to a concept, select (f rom the Wo rd Searcha ble | |
| 2636 | field drop down list) from the options Wo rd Searcha ble and No t Word | |
| 2637 | Searchable . | |
| 2638 | ||
| 2639 | Designatin g a proper ty type as word sear chable is the first step in en abling a w ord | |
| 2640 | match sear ch on conc ept proper ties of th is type. Property t ypes that attach to | |
| 2641 | terms have a value o f Not Word Searchabl e. | |
| 2642 | ||
| 2643 | After conc ept proper ties of th is type ha ve been cr eated, the Knowledge base | |
| 2644 | Administra tor must r un the KB Admin util ity. Refe r to the C onfigure W ord | |
| 2645 | Match Sear ch discuss ion in the Knowledge base Admin istrators Guide. | |
| 2646 | 10. Click Apply to u pdate the selected l ocal names pace with the new pr operty typ e; | |
| 2647 | the new pr operty typ e is added to the ta ble on the Property Type Edito r window. | |
| 2648 | The Proper ty Type Ed itor windo w remains displayed; you can c lick New a gain | |
| 2649 | and create additiona l property types in a local na mespace. | |
| 2650 | 11. When y ou finish creating p roperty ty pes, click Close to close the Property T ype | |
| 2651 | Editor win dow. | |
| 2652 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2653 | Page 96 of 147 | |
| 2654 | View and E dit a Prop erty Type | |
| 2655 | Follow thi s procedur e to view informatio n for an e xisting pr operty typ e in any | |
| 2656 | namespace, and edit the inform ation if i t was crea ted in a l ocal, writ able names pace. | |
| 2657 | 1. Click P roperty Ty pes on the DTS Edito r Main win dow’s Tool s menu. T he | |
| 2658 | Property T ype Editor window di splays. | |
| 2659 | ||
| 2660 | ||
| 2661 | ||
| 2662 | Informatio n for each existing property t ype is lis ted in a t able forma t, in colu mns | |
| 2663 | you can re size. Inf ormation i ncludes th e property type name , the name space in | |
| 2664 | which the property t ype was cr eated, and an indica tor that r eferences if the | |
| 2665 | property t ype is for a propert y assigned to a Conc ept or a T erm. | |
| 2666 | ||
| 2667 | To change the sort f or the pro perty type list, cli ck the col umn header for the | |
| 2668 | characteri stic (Prop erty Type, Namespace , or Attac hes To) on which you want | |
| 2669 | to base th e sort. | |
| 2670 | 2. Click t he propert y type you want to v iew or mod ify to hig hlight the row. The | |
| 2671 | lower port ion of the window ch anges to r eflect inf ormation f rom that t ype. | |
| 2672 | If the pro perty type you selec ted was cr eated in a subscript ion namesp ace, none of | |
| 2673 | the fields are edita ble. If t he propert y type was created i n a local, writable | |
| 2674 | namespace, the edita ble fields are enabl ed. | |
| 2675 | 3. In the Name field , modify t he propert y type nam e, as nece ssary. | |
| 2676 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2677 | Page 97 of 147 | |
| 2678 | 4. The ID code gener ated for t he propert y type whe n it was c reated dis plays. Th e ID | |
| 2679 | is not edi table, reg ardless of the names pace in wh ich the pr operty typ e was | |
| 2680 | created. | |
| 2681 | 5. The Cod e generate d for the property t ype when i t was crea ted displa ys; the co de | |
| 2682 | is not edi table, reg ardless of the names pace in wh ich the ty pe was cre ated. | |
| 2683 | 6. The Nam espace in which the property t ype was cr eated is n ot editabl e, for any | |
| 2684 | type of na mespace. | |
| 2685 | 7. The Att aches To v alue indic ates if th e property type is f or propert ies that y ou will | |
| 2686 | assign to a Concept, or a Term . The fie ld is not editable i f the prop erty type is in | |
| 2687 | use curren tly for a concept or a term. | |
| 2688 | 8. The Val ue Size re fers to th e maximum length of a property value tha t can be | |
| 2689 | assigned t o this pro perty type (Indexabl e, Searcha ble, and B ig). The field is n ot | |
| 2690 | editable i f the prop erty type is in use currently for a conc ept or a t erm. | |
| 2691 | 9. In the Word Searc hable fiel d dropdown list, the options a re Word Se archable | |
| 2692 | and Not Wo rd Searcha ble. The field is n ot editabl e, regardl ess of the namespace | |
| 2693 | in which t he propert y type was created. | |
| 2694 | 10. Click Apply (whi ch becomes enabled i f you make an edit) to update the | |
| 2695 | namespace with the e dits. The Property Type Edito r window r emains dis played | |
| 2696 | for additi onal edits and/or ad ditions. | |
| 2697 | ||
| 2698 | To ignore the edits, click on any other property t ype listed in the ta ble to dis play | |
| 2699 | informatio n specific to that p roperty ty pe. When the confir mation win dow simila r | |
| 2700 | to the fol lowing dis plays, cli ck No to p roceed wit hout updat e of the e dits. | |
| 2701 | ||
| 2702 | ||
| 2703 | 11. Click Close to c lose the P roperty Ty pe Editor window. | |
| 2704 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2705 | Page 98 of 147 | |
| 2706 | Delete a P roperty Ty pe | |
| 2707 | Follow thi s procedur e to delet e an exist ing proper ty type fr om a local namespace . | |
| 2708 | 1. Click P roperty Ty pes on the DTS Edito r Main win dow’s Tool s menu. T he | |
| 2709 | Property T ype Editor window di splays. | |
| 2710 | ||
| 2711 | ||
| 2712 | ||
| 2713 | Informatio n for each existing property t ype is lis ted in a t able forma t, in colu mns | |
| 2714 | you can re size. Inf ormation i ncludes th e property type name , the name space in | |
| 2715 | which the property t ype was cr eated, and an indica tor that r eferences if the | |
| 2716 | property t ype is for a propert y assigned to a Conc ept or a T erm. | |
| 2717 | ||
| 2718 | To change the sort f or the pro perty type list, cli ck the col umn header for the | |
| 2719 | characteri stic (Prop erty Type, Namespace , or Attac hes To) on which you want | |
| 2720 | to base th e sort. | |
| 2721 | 2. Click t he propert y type you want to d elete to h ighlight t he row. T he lower p ortion | |
| 2722 | of the win dow change s to refle ct informa tion from that prope rty type. | |
| 2723 | 3. Click D elete. A window sim ilar to th e followin g displays if proper ties with this | |
| 2724 | type are i n use for concepts i n a local namespace. | |
| 2725 | ||
| 2726 | ||
| 2727 | ||
| 2728 | As long as concepts with this property t ype exist, you will not be per mitted to | |
| 2729 | delete the property type. If no concept s have pro perties wi th this ty pe, a dele te | |
| 2730 | confirmati on window similar to the follo wing displ ays. | |
| 2731 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2732 | Page 99 of 147 | |
| 2733 | ||
| 2734 | ||
| 2735 | 4. Click O K to delet e the prop erty type from the n amespace; the proper ty type is | |
| 2736 | removed fr om the tab le on the Property T ype Editor window. Click Canc el to | |
| 2737 | ignore the deletion. | |
| 2738 | Property Q ualifier T ypes | |
| 2739 | For each p roperty yo u can spec ify an est ablished q ualifier t ype and va lue. Thes e | |
| 2740 | provide ad ditional d etail rega rding the nature of a concept or term pr operty (e. g., a | |
| 2741 | property e ffective d ate, or an indicator reflectin g that the property is Current ). | |
| 2742 | You can as sign a typ e and valu e to each concept or term prop erty quali fier. The | |
| 2743 | following procedures pertain t o creating and maint aining pro perty qual ifier type s. | |
| 2744 | Create Pro perty Qual ifier Type s | |
| 2745 | Follow thi s procedur e to add n ew propert y qualifie r types to a local n amespace. | |
| 2746 | 1. Select Qualifier Types from the Tools menu. Th e Qualifie r Type Edi tor window | |
| 2747 | displays. | |
| 2748 | ||
| 2749 | ||
| 2750 | ||
| 2751 | Informatio n for exis ting quali fier types (for both associati ons and pr operties) is | |
| 2752 | listed in a table fo rmat in co lumns you can resize . Qualifi er types f rom both | |
| 2753 | writable a nd non-wri table name spaces are listed. | |
| 2754 | ||
| 2755 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2756 | Page 100 of 147 | |
| 2757 | Table info rmation in cludes the qualifier type name , the name space in w hich the | |
| 2758 | qualifier was create d, and an indicator that refer ences if t he type qu alifies | |
| 2759 | properties for conce pts or ter ms (Concep t Property , Term Pro perty). T he | |
| 2760 | Concept As sociation and Term A ssociation values re fer to qua lifiers yo u | |
| 2761 | establish for associ ations wit hin, or ac ross, name spaces. | |
| 2762 | ||
| 2763 | To change the sort f or the qua lifier typ e list, cl ick the co lumn heade r for the | |
| 2764 | characteri stic (Qual ifier Type , Namespac e, or Qual ifies) on which you want to | |
| 2765 | base the s ort. | |
| 2766 | 2. Click N ew. The i nformation displayed in the lo wer portio n of the w indow for the | |
| 2767 | existing q ualifier t ype is cle ared. | |
| 2768 | 3. Specify a name fo r the new property q ualifier t ype in the Name fiel d. | |
| 2769 | 4. The qua lifier typ e ID is ge nerated au tomaticall y, and dis played in the ID fie ld. | |
| 2770 | You cannot modify th e generate d qualifie r type ID. | |
| 2771 | 5. The qua lifier typ e code is generated automatica lly, and d isplayed i n the Code | |
| 2772 | field. Yo u cannot m odify the generated qualifier type code. | |
| 2773 | 6. From th e Namespac e field dr opdown lis t, select the local namespace to which t his | |
| 2774 | property q ualifier t ype should be writte n. Since a qualifie r type can be writte n to | |
| 2775 | local, edi table name spaces onl y, only th ese namesp aces are i ncluded in the list. | |
| 2776 | 7. The val ue you sel ect in the Qualifies field dro pdown list indicates if this q ualifier | |
| 2777 | type will qualify pr operties f or concept s or terms . Select Concept Pr operty or | |
| 2778 | Term Prope rty, as ap propriate (Concept A ssociation and Term Associatio n | |
| 2779 | refer to q ualifiers you establ ish for as sociations within, o r across, namespaces ). | |
| 2780 | 8. Click A pply to up date the s elected lo cal namesp ace with t he new pro perty | |
| 2781 | qualifier type; the new qualif ier type i s added to the table on the Qu alifier Ty pe | |
| 2782 | Editor win dow. The Qualifier Type Edito r window r emains dis played; yo u can | |
| 2783 | click New again and create add itional pr operty qua lifier typ es in the local | |
| 2784 | namespace. | |
| 2785 | 9. Click C lose to cl ose the Qu alifier Ty pe Editor window. | |
| 2786 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2787 | Page 101 of 147 | |
| 2788 | View and E dit a Prop erty Quali fier Type | |
| 2789 | Follow thi s procedur e to view informatio n for an e xisting pr operty qua lifier typ e, and to | |
| 2790 | perform an y required edits. | |
| 2791 | 1. Select Qualifier Types from the Tools menu. Th e Qualifie r Type Edi tor window | |
| 2792 | displays. | |
| 2793 | ||
| 2794 | ||
| 2795 | ||
| 2796 | Informatio n for exis ting quali fier types (for both associati ons and pr operties) is | |
| 2797 | listed in a table fo rmat in co lumns you can resize . Qualifi er types f rom both | |
| 2798 | writable a nd non-wri table name spaces are listed. | |
| 2799 | ||
| 2800 | Table info rmation in cludes the qualifier type name , the name space in w hich the | |
| 2801 | qualifier was create d, and an indicator that refer ences if t he type qu alifies | |
| 2802 | properties for conce pts or ter ms (Concep t Property , Term Pro perty); th e | |
| 2803 | Concept As sociation and Term A ssociation values re fer to qua lifiers yo u | |
| 2804 | establish for associ ations wit hin, or ac ross, name spaces. | |
| 2805 | ||
| 2806 | To change the sort f or the qua lifier typ e list, cl ick the co lumn heade r for the | |
| 2807 | characteri stic (Qual ifier Type , Namespac e, or Qual ifies) on which you want to | |
| 2808 | base the s ort. | |
| 2809 | 2. In the qualifier type table listing, click the property q ualifier t ype you wa nt to | |
| 2810 | view or mo dify to hi ghlight th e row. Th e data in the bottom portion o f the | |
| 2811 | window cha nges to re flect info rmation fo r that pro perty qual ifier. | |
| 2812 | ||
| 2813 | If the pro perty qual ifier type was creat ed in a lo cal (writa ble) names pace, you can | |
| 2814 | modify the qualifier type Name , as neede d. The Na me is not editable i f the | |
| 2815 | property q ualifier t ype is fro m a subscr iption nam espace. | |
| 2816 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2817 | Page 102 of 147 | |
| 2818 | 3. The ID generated for the pr operty qua lifier typ e when it was create d displays . | |
| 2819 | The field is not edi table, reg ardless of the names pace in wh ich the qu alifier ty pe | |
| 2820 | was create d. | |
| 2821 | 4. The Cod e generate d for the property q ualifier t ype when i t was crea ted displa ys. | |
| 2822 | The field is not edi table, reg ardless of the names pace in wh ich the qu alifier ty pe | |
| 2823 | was create d. | |
| 2824 | 5. The Nam espace in which this property qualifier type was c reated dis plays. Th e | |
| 2825 | field is n ot editabl e. | |
| 2826 | 6. The val ue in the Qualifies field drop down list indicates if this qu alifier ty pe | |
| 2827 | qualifies properties for conce pts or ter ms (Concep t Property or Term | |
| 2828 | Property). The fiel d is not e ditable, r egardless of the nam espace in which the | |
| 2829 | qualifier type was c reated. | |
| 2830 | 7. Click A pply (whic h becomes enabled if you make an edit) t o update t he selecte d | |
| 2831 | local name space with the prope rty qualif ier type e dits. The Qualifier Type Edit or | |
| 2832 | window rem ains displ ayed if yo u want to view or ed it other q ualifier t ypes. | |
| 2833 | ||
| 2834 | To ignore the edits, click on any other property q ualifier t ype listed in the ta ble to | |
| 2835 | display in formation specific t o that pro perty qual ifier type . When th e | |
| 2836 | confirmati on window similar to the follo wing displ ays, click No to pro ceed | |
| 2837 | without up date of th e edits. | |
| 2838 | ||
| 2839 | ||
| 2840 | 8. Click C lose to cl ose the Pr operty Typ e Editor w indow. | |
| 2841 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2842 | Page 103 of 147 | |
| 2843 | Delete a P roperty Qu alifier Ty pe | |
| 2844 | Follow thi s procedur e to delet e an exist ing qualif ier type f rom a loca l namespac e. The | |
| 2845 | qualifier type must have been created in a local, writable n amespace i n order fo r you to | |
| 2846 | delete it. | |
| 2847 | 1. Select Qualifier Types from the Tools menu. Th e Qualifie r Type Edi tor window | |
| 2848 | displays. | |
| 2849 | ||
| 2850 | ||
| 2851 | ||
| 2852 | Informatio n for exis ting quali fier types (for both associati ons and pr operties) is | |
| 2853 | listed in a table fo rmat in co lumns you can resize . Qualifi er types f rom both | |
| 2854 | writable a nd non-wri table name spaces are listed. | |
| 2855 | ||
| 2856 | Table info rmation in cludes the qualifier type name , the name space in w hich the | |
| 2857 | qualifier was create d, and an indicator that refer ences if t he type qu alifies | |
| 2858 | properties for conce pts or ter ms (Concep t Property , Term Pro perty); th e | |
| 2859 | Concept As sociation and Term A ssociation values re fer to qua lifiers yo u | |
| 2860 | establish for associ ations wit hin, or ac ross, name spaces. T o change t he sort fo r | |
| 2861 | the qualif ier type l ist, click the colum n header f or the cha racteristi c (Qualifi er | |
| 2862 | Type, Name space, or Qualifies) on which you want t o base the sort. | |
| 2863 | 2. In the qualifier type table listing, click the property q ualifier t ype you wa nt to | |
| 2864 | delete to highlight the row. The lower portion of the windo w changes to reflect | |
| 2865 | informatio n from tha t property qualifier type. | |
| 2866 | 3. Click D elete. If the prope rty qualif ier type y ou selecte d for dele tion is fr om a | |
| 2867 | non-writab le namespa ce, a mess age window displays indicating that you cannot | |
| 2868 | delete tha t type. | |
| 2869 | ||
| 2870 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2871 | Page 104 of 147 | |
| 2872 | ||
| 2873 | ||
| 2874 | Click OK, then selec t a proper ty qualifi er type fr om a writa ble namesp ace and | |
| 2875 | click Dele te. Note: If the qu alifier ty pe has bee n assigned to one or more | |
| 2876 | properties in a loca l namespac e, a windo w displays indicatin g that you will not be | |
| 2877 | permitted to delete this quali fier type. Click OK to exit t he delete process. | |
| 2878 | ||
| 2879 | If there a re no prop erties tha t have bee n assigned this qual ifier type , a delete | |
| 2880 | confirmati on window similar to the follo wing displ ays. | |
| 2881 | ||
| 2882 | ||
| 2883 | 4. Click O K to delet e the prop erty quali fier type from the n amespace; the proper ty | |
| 2884 | qualifier type is re moved from the table on the Qu alifier Ty pe Editor window. | |
| 2885 | Click Canc el to igno re the del etion. | |
| 2886 | Assign Pro perties to a Concept | |
| 2887 | Follow thi s procedur e when you want to a dd one or more estab lished pro perties to an | |
| 2888 | existing c oncept or term in a local name space. Yo u also can add a pro perty to a | |
| 2889 | concept/te rm in a su bscription namespace , provided the desir ed propert y type (an d | |
| 2890 | optional q ualifier t ype) exist s in the c urrent loc al namespa ce. | |
| 2891 | 1. Select Properties from the Tools menu , or click the Prope rty Editor icon on t he | |
| 2892 | DTS Editor Main wind ow toolbar . The Pro perty Edit or window displays. | |
| 2893 | ||
| 2894 | ||
| 2895 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2896 | Page 105 of 147 | |
| 2897 | 2. From an other disp layed pane l or windo w (e.g., C oncept Tre e panel) d rag the | |
| 2898 | concept/te rm for whi ch you wan t to creat e a proper ty and dro p it into the | |
| 2899 | Concept/Te rm field. The name of the con cept/term displays, and the na mespace | |
| 2900 | in which i t exists d isplays in brackets. | |
| 2901 | 3. A prope rty type i s the pre- establishe d identifi er that de fines the property. From | |
| 2902 | the Proper ty Type fi eld dropdo wn list, s elect a pr operty def inition to be assign ed | |
| 2903 | to the con cept or te rm. If th e concept/ term in th e Concept/ Term field is from a | |
| 2904 | subscripti on namespa ce, the Pr operty Typ e dropdown list incl udes only property | |
| 2905 | types crea ted in the current l ocal names pace, list ed alphabe tically. | |
| 2906 | ||
| 2907 | If the Con cept/Term was create d in a loc al namespa ce, the Pr operty Typ e list | |
| 2908 | includes p roperty ty pes create d in the c urrent loc al namespa ce, but on ly if the | |
| 2909 | Concept/Te rm also wa s created in the cur rent local namespace . If the | |
| 2910 | concept/te rm was not created i n the curr ent local namespace, the Prope rty Type | |
| 2911 | field drop down list will be em pty. Refe r to the P roperty Ty pes discus sions. | |
| 2912 | ||
| 2913 | You have t he option of filteri ng the pro perty type s that are available from the | |
| 2914 | Property T ype field dropdown l ist by cre ating a pr e-defined, filtered list of ty pes. | |
| 2915 | When you a ttempt to select a p roperty ty pe from th e Property Type fiel d | |
| 2916 | dropdown l ist, or se lect an al ternate pr operty typ e, only th e pre-sele cted types will | |
| 2917 | be include d in the l ist. Refe r to the F ilter Prop erty Types discussio n. | |
| 2918 | 4. For the property definition (type) as signed to this conce pt/term, e nter the p roperty | |
| 2919 | value in t he Propert y Value te xt area. This area accommodat es the ent ry of larg e | |
| 2920 | amounts of text, as well as fo rmatted te xt (e.g., paragraphs , bulleted items, et c.). | |
| 2921 | A single c oncept/ter m can have multiple occurrence s of the s ame proper ty type, | |
| 2922 | each with a separate , unique v alue. | |
| 2923 | ||
| 2924 | ||
| 2925 | 5. For eac h property you may s pecify an establishe d property qualifier type and | |
| 2926 | value to provide de tails rega rding the nature of a concept or term pr operty (e. g., | |
| 2927 | Current). From the Qualifier Type field dropdown list, sele ct the qua lifier to | |
| 2928 | assign to this prope rty. | |
| 2929 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2930 | Page 106 of 147 | |
| 2931 | The list i ncludes on ly those p roperty qu alifier ty pes that w ere create d in the s ame | |
| 2932 | local name space wher e the sele cted Prope rty Type w as created (refer to the | |
| 2933 | Property Q ualifier T ypes discu ssion earl ier in the guide). For the pr operty | |
| 2934 | qualifier (type) you selected for this c oncept or term, spec ify the qu alifier va lue in | |
| 2935 | the Qualif ier Value field. Fo r each pro perty you can create multiple occurrence s | |
| 2936 | of the sam e qualifie r type, ea ch with a separate, unique val ue. | |
| 2937 | ||
| 2938 | Click Add after you specify th e property Qualifier Type and Qualifier Value; bot h | |
| 2939 | are added to the dis play area in the low er portion of the wi ndow. Not e the | |
| 2940 | illustrati on. | |
| 2941 | ||
| 2942 | ||
| 2943 | ||
| 2944 | To remove an individ ual qualif ier type/v alue combi nation fro m the prop erty, | |
| 2945 | highlight the approp riate line in the di splay area and click Remove. To clear a ll | |
| 2946 | displayed qualifier type/value combinati ons, click Clear. | |
| 2947 | ||
| 2948 | You have t he option of filteri ng the pro perty qual ifier type s that are available | |
| 2949 | from the Q ualifier T ype field dropdown l ist by cre ating a pr e-defined, filtered list | |
| 2950 | of types. When you attempt to select a property q ualifier t ype from t he Qualifi er | |
| 2951 | Type field dropdown list, or s elect an a lternate Q ualifier t ype, only the pre- | |
| 2952 | selected t ypes will be include d in the l ist. Refe r to the F ilter Prop erty Quali fier | |
| 2953 | Types disc ussion lat er in this section. | |
| 2954 | 6. Click A pply to ad d the new property t o the curr ent local namespace. If you a dded | |
| 2955 | this prope rty to a c oncept in a subscrip tion names pace, then you later view the | |
| 2956 | concept/te rm (e.g., on the Con cept/Term Details pa nel) the p roperty wi ll display | |
| 2957 | in italics to indica te it was added as l ocal conte nt for the subscript ion namesp ace. | |
| 2958 | Filter Pro perty Type s | |
| 2959 | You can fi lter the l ist of pro perty type s that are available from the Property T ype | |
| 2960 | dropdown f ield. Usi ng the fil tered list may simpl ify data e ntry if yo u are assi gning many | |
| 2961 | properties to concep ts at one time. | |
| 2962 | 1. To filt er the pro perty type list, cli ck the Pro perty Type field but ton on the | |
| 2963 | Property E ditor wind ow. | |
| 2964 | ||
| 2965 | ||
| 2966 | ||
| 2967 | The Filter Property Types wind ow display s. | |
| 2968 | ||
| 2969 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2970 | Page 107 of 147 | |
| 2971 | ||
| 2972 | ||
| 2973 | In the tab le in the top portio n of the w indow, pro perty type s from all local | |
| 2974 | namespaces for which the user has been g ranted edi t permissi on are lis ted | |
| 2975 | alphabetic ally. Ref er to the Create Use r/Assign N amespace P ermissions | |
| 2976 | discussion in the DT S Server O perations Guide for procedures on assign ing | |
| 2977 | namespace edit permi ssions to a user. | |
| 2978 | ||
| 2979 | Each prope rty type n ame is lis ted, as we ll as the namespace where the property | |
| 2980 | type was c reated. T o change t he list so rt, click the column header fo r the | |
| 2981 | characteri stic (Prop erty Type, Namespace ) on which you want the sort b ased. | |
| 2982 | 2. In the property t ype table in the upp er portion of the wi ndow, clic k one of t he | |
| 2983 | desired pr operty typ es to high light it f or selecti on (you mu st select each prope rty | |
| 2984 | type indiv idually). | |
| 2985 | 3. Click A dd. The p roperty ty pe you sel ected is a dded to th e Filtered Property | |
| 2986 | Types area in the lo wer portio n of the w indow. Th e namespac e in which each | |
| 2987 | selected p roperty ty pe was cre ated is li sted as we ll. | |
| 2988 | ||
| 2989 | ||
| 2990 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 2991 | Page 108 of 147 | |
| 2992 | 4. To remo ve a type from the f iltered li st, highli ght the ap propriate line in th e | |
| 2993 | Filtered P roperty Ty pes area a nd click R emove. To clear all types, cl ick Clear. | |
| 2994 | The filter ed list ma y include property t ypes from more than one local namespace. | |
| 2995 | 5. When yo u are sati sfied with your filt ered list selections , click OK . | |
| 2996 | 6. If the Concept/Te rm on the Property E ditor wind ow was cre ated in a subscripti on | |
| 2997 | namespace, those fil tered prop erty types that also are in th e current local | |
| 2998 | namespace will be th e only one s listed i n the Prop erty Type field drop down list. | |
| 2999 | ||
| 3000 | If the Con cept/Term on the Pro perty Edit or window was create d in a loc al | |
| 3001 | namespace, the prope rty type l ist includ es propert y types cr eated in t he current | |
| 3002 | local name space, but only if t he Concept /Term on t he Propert y Editor w indow | |
| 3003 | also was c reated in the curren t local na mespace. If the con cept/term was not | |
| 3004 | created in the curre nt local n amespace, the Proper ty Type fi eld dropdo wn list wi ll | |
| 3005 | be empty. Refer to the Proper ty Types d iscussions . | |
| 3006 | ||
| 3007 | Based on t he selecti ons in the previous illustrati on, the pr operty typ es Approva l | |
| 3008 | Status and Current S tatus woul d be liste d in the P roperty Ty pe field d ropdown | |
| 3009 | list on th e Property Editor wi ndow (the filtered p roperty ty pes are in the curre nt | |
| 3010 | local name space, whi ch matches the local namespace where the Concept/T erm | |
| 3011 | was create d). | |
| 3012 | ||
| 3013 | ||
| 3014 | ||
| 3015 | To select a new set of filtere d property types for the list, click the Property Types | |
| 3016 | field butt on again a nd make yo ur selecti ons on the Filter Pr operty Typ es window. | |
| 3017 | Filter Pro perty Qual ifier Type s | |
| 3018 | You can fi lter the l ist of pro perty qual ifier type s that are available from the Qualifier | |
| 3019 | Type dropd own field. Using th e filtered list may simplify d ata entry if you are entering | |
| 3020 | many prope rty qualif iers at on e time. | |
| 3021 | 1. To filt er the pro perty qual ifier type list, cli ck the Qua lifier Typ e field bu tton on | |
| 3022 | the Proper ty Editor window. | |
| 3023 | ||
| 3024 | ||
| 3025 | ||
| 3026 | The Filter Qualifier Types win dow displa ys. | |
| 3027 | ||
| 3028 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3029 | Page 109 of 147 | |
| 3030 | ||
| 3031 | ||
| 3032 | In the tab le in the top portio n of the w indow, pro perty qual ifier type s from all | |
| 3033 | local name spaces for which the user has been grant ed edit pe rmission a re listed | |
| 3034 | alphabetic ally. Ref er to the Create Use r/Assign N amespace P ermissions | |
| 3035 | discussion in the DT S Server O perations Guide for procedures on assign ing | |
| 3036 | namespace edit permi ssions to a user. | |
| 3037 | ||
| 3038 | Each quali fier type name is li sted, as w ell as the namespace where the qualifier | |
| 3039 | type was c reated. T o change t he list so rt, click the column header fo r the | |
| 3040 | characteri stic (Qual ifier Type , Namespac e) on whic h you want the sort based. | |
| 3041 | 2. In the qualifier type table in the up per portio n of the w indow, cli ck one of the | |
| 3042 | desired pr operty qua lifier typ es to high light it f or selecti on (you mu st select each | |
| 3043 | type indiv idually). | |
| 3044 | 3. Click A dd. The p roperty qu alifier ty pe you sel ected is a dded to th e Filtered | |
| 3045 | Qualifier Types area in the lo wer portio n of the w indow; the namespace for each | |
| 3046 | selected q ualifier i s listed a s well. | |
| 3047 | ||
| 3048 | ||
| 3049 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3050 | Page 110 of 147 | |
| 3051 | 4. To remo ve an indi vidual pro perty qual ifier type from the filtered l ist, highl ight the | |
| 3052 | appropriat e line in the displa y area and click Rem ove. To c lear all d isplayed | |
| 3053 | qualifier types from the filte red list, click Clea r. | |
| 3054 | 5. When yo u are sati sfied with the selec tions in t he filtere d list, cl ick OK. | |
| 3055 | ||
| 3056 | Those filt ered prop erty quali fier types that also are in th e current local | |
| 3057 | namespace, and that also match the Prope rty Type l ocal names pace, will be the | |
| 3058 | only ones listed in the Qualif ier Type f ield dropd own list o n the Prop erty Edito r | |
| 3059 | window. I f the filt ered list includes n o property qualifier types fro m the curr ent | |
| 3060 | local name space that also matc h the Prop erty Type local name space, the n no | |
| 3061 | types are listed in the Proper ty Type fi eld dropdo wn list. | |
| 3062 | ||
| 3063 | Based on t he selecti ons in the previous illustrati on, the qu alifier ty pes Concep t | |
| 3064 | Review Nee ded, Conce pt Review Pending, a nd Concept Review Pe rformed | |
| 3065 | would be l isted in t he Qualifi er Type fi eld list o n the Prop erty Edito r window ( the | |
| 3066 | filtered q ualifier t ypes are i n the curr ent local namespace, which mat ches the l ocal | |
| 3067 | namespace of the Pro perty Type ). | |
| 3068 | ||
| 3069 | ||
| 3070 | ||
| 3071 | To select a new set of filtere d property qualifier types, cl ick the Qu alifier Ty pe | |
| 3072 | field butt on again a nd make yo ur selecti ons on the Filter Qu alifier Ty pes window . | |
| 3073 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3074 | Page 111 of 147 | |
| 3075 | Concept Ma intenance | |
| 3076 | The discus sions in t his sectio n relate t o viewing details of existing concepts o r terms, a nd | |
| 3077 | the creati on of a ne w concept or term in a local n amespace. | |
| 3078 | View Conce pt/Term De tails | |
| 3079 | The Concep t/Term Det ails panel displays as the def ault in th e right pa ne of the DTS | |
| 3080 | Editor Mai n window w hen it fir st opens. For an On tylog name space you want to vi ew, | |
| 3081 | you can di splay deta iled attri bute infor mation for each conc ept or ter m that you drag from | |
| 3082 | any other display wi ndow or pa nel on the Main wind ow. For a Thesaurus namespace , | |
| 3083 | you can vi ew details for any a ssociation that you drag from another wi ndow or pa nel on | |
| 3084 | the main w indow. | |
| 3085 | In the fol lowing ill ustration, the conce pt ALBUMIN PREPARATI ON, from a n Ontylog | |
| 3086 | namespace, was dragg ed from th e Concept Tree tab i nto the Co ncept/Term Details p anel. | |
| 3087 | The attrib utes (i.e. , attribut e folders) are expan ded for vi ew. | |
| 3088 | ||
| 3089 | ||
| 3090 | ||
| 3091 | When you e xpand all, or select ed attribu tes for vi ew, the Co ncept/Term Details p anel | |
| 3092 | retains th ose tree s ettings fo r the next concept d isplayed i n the view . Only th ose | |
| 3093 | attributes that were expanded for the pr evious con cept are “ auto-expan ded” for t he new | |
| 3094 | concept in the view. | |
| 3095 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3096 | Page 112 of 147 | |
| 3097 | In the nex t illustra tion, a fo cus concep t from a T hesaurus n amespace w as dragged from | |
| 3098 | the Concep t Tree tab into the Concept/Te rm Details panel. T he attribu tes are ex panded | |
| 3099 | for view. | |
| 3100 | ||
| 3101 | Configure Concept/Te rms Detail s Panel Vi ew | |
| 3102 | To select which attr ibutes wil l display if there i s a concep t in the C oncept/Ter m Details | |
| 3103 | panel, rig ht click t he name of the conce pt you dra gged into the panel, then clic k | |
| 3104 | Configure View. The Configure Concept/T erm Detail s View win dow displa ys, listin g | |
| 3105 | the attrib ute view o ptions ava ilable whe n a concep t is displ ayed in th e panel. | |
| 3106 | ||
| 3107 | ||
| 3108 | As the def ault, all concept at tributes a re selecte d for disp lay with t he excepti on of | |
| 3109 | Superconce pts, Subco ncepts, an d Subsets. To remov e an attri bute from the detail | |
| 3110 | display, c lick the c heckbox ad jacent to that attri bute to re move the c heck mark. To add | |
| 3111 | an attribu te, click the checkb ox to inse rt a check mark. | |
| 3112 | Click OK w hen finish ed. Your display co nfiguratio n is retai ned for la ter DTS se ssions. | |
| 3113 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3114 | Page 113 of 147 | |
| 3115 | To select which attr ibutes wil l display if there i s a term d isplayed i n the Conc ept/Term | |
| 3116 | Details pa nel, right click the name of t he term yo u dragged into the p anel, then click | |
| 3117 | Configure View. The Configure Concept/T erm Detail s View win dow displa ys, listin g | |
| 3118 | the attrib ute view o ptions ava ilable whe n a term i s displaye d in the p anel. | |
| 3119 | ||
| 3120 | ||
| 3121 | As the def ault, all term attri butes are selected f or display with the exception of Subset s. | |
| 3122 | To remove an attribu te from th e detail d isplay, cl ick the ch eckbox adj acent to t hat | |
| 3123 | attribute to remove the check mark. To add an att ribute, cl ick the ch eckbox to insert a | |
| 3124 | check mark . Click O K to save your displ ay configu ration. | |
| 3125 | Depending on your se lected con figuration , the foll owing conc ept/term d etail attr ibutes | |
| 3126 | will displ ay. The i con that i dentifies each attri bute is in dicated. | |
| 3127 | Note that only the a ttributes present fo r a specif ic concept or term d isplay on the | |
| 3128 | Concept/Te rm Details panel, re gardless o f the conf iguration. For exam ple, if a concept | |
| 3129 | has no ass ociations connected with it, t he Associa tions fold er does no t display. | |
| 3130 | Concep t (indicat es display ed detail is for a c oncept) | |
| 3131 | Term ( indicates displayed detail is for a term ) | |
| 3132 | Concept Co de | |
| 3133 | Concept ID | |
| 3134 | Concept Na mespace | |
| 3135 | Concept Sy nonyms | |
| 3136 | o Preferred Term | |
| 3137 | Concept Pr operties | |
| 3138 | o Concept P roperty Qu alifiers | |
| 3139 | Superconce pts | |
| 3140 | Subconcept s | |
| 3141 | Concept Ro les | |
| 3142 | Concept In verse Role s | |
| 3143 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3144 | Page 114 of 147 | |
| 3145 | Associatio ns | |
| 3146 | o Associate d Concepts ("To" Con cepts) | |
| 3147 | o Associati on Qualifi ers | |
| 3148 | Inverse As sociations | |
| 3149 | o Inversely Associate d Concepts ("From" C oncepts) | |
| 3150 | o Associati on Qualifi ers | |
| 3151 | Namespace Subsets | |
| 3152 | For local, writable namespaces , after yo u view con cept detai ls, you ma y select o ne of the | |
| 3153 | available editor fun ctions and make modi fications to that sp ecific con cept’s dis played | |
| 3154 | attributes . Procedu res for cr eating a n ew concept in a loca l namespac e, and for viewing | |
| 3155 | and editin g existing concept a ttributes, are provi ded later in this se ction. | |
| 3156 | Attribute List Contr ol | |
| 3157 | You can se t the maxi mum number of attrib utes to be listed wh en you exp and each | |
| 3158 | attribute folder for a concept (i.e., As sociations , Properti es, etc.) on the Con cept/Term | |
| 3159 | Details pa nel. In t he Attribu te Limit f ield, spec ify the ma ximum numb er of attr ibutes to | |
| 3160 | list for e ach detail component ; 100 is t he default (specify 0 to list no concept attribute s). | |
| 3161 | For exampl e, enter 1 0 in the A ttribute L imit field to limit the number of listed | |
| 3162 | associatio ns, proper ties, role s, etc., f or each co ncept to 1 0. Note: All superc oncepts an d | |
| 3163 | subconcept s display for each c oncept whe n you expa nd the res pective fo lder, rega rdless | |
| 3164 | of the thr eshold you specify i n the Attr ibute Limi t field. | |
| 3165 | Navigate t o Other Co ncepts or Terms From Displayed Detail | |
| 3166 | On the Con cept/Term Details pa nel you ca n navigate to (and d isplay att ribute det ails for) | |
| 3167 | another co ncept or t erm from t he current attribute detail vi ew. In th e followin g | |
| 3168 | Concept/Te rm Details panel ill ustration, the highl ighted con cept Biolo gic Struct ures of | |
| 3169 | Recipient is a super concept of the displ ayed conce pt DRAFT G ene Produc t. | |
| 3170 | ||
| 3171 | To display detail at tributes f or Biologi c Structur es of Reci pient, dra g that con cept and | |
| 3172 | drop it in to any emp ty area on the Conce pt/Term De tails pane l. The Co ncept/Term | |
| 3173 | Details pa nel displa y refreshe s, referen cing attri butes for Biologic S tructures of | |
| 3174 | Recipient. | |
| 3175 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3176 | Page 115 of 147 | |
| 3177 | ||
| 3178 | The previo us illustr ations ref lect navig ation to a nother con cept withi n the same | |
| 3179 | namespace. You also can navig ate to, an d display details fo r, a conce pt or term within | |
| 3180 | another na mespace. Note the i nverse ass ociation h ighlighted in the ne xt illustr ation. | |
| 3181 | ||
| 3182 | Drag the s elected in verse asso ciation an d drop it into an em pty area o n the Conc ept/Term | |
| 3183 | Details pa nel. The panel disp lay refres hes, refer encing the concept o r term inc luded in | |
| 3184 | the invers e associat ion you se lected. | |
| 3185 | Note that new concep t displaye d in this illustrati on is from a differe nt namespa ce. | |
| 3186 | ||
| 3187 | Different Namespace | |
| 3188 | Referenced | |
| 3189 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3190 | Page 116 of 147 | |
| 3191 | For any di splayed co ncept or t erm, you c an navigat e to those concepts or terms | |
| 3192 | referenced in the di splayed de tails (ass ociations, inverse a ssociation s, roles, inverse ro les, | |
| 3193 | concepts o r terms re ferenced a s supercon cepts, sub concepts, synonyms). | |
| 3194 | View Subse ts in Whic h a Concep t Resides | |
| 3195 | In additio n to listi ng a conce pt’s attri butes in t he Concept /Term Deta ils panel, you have | |
| 3196 | the option to list a ll subsets in which the concep t in the v iew is inc luded. Co nfirm that | |
| 3197 | the Subset s option i s checked in the Con figure Con cept/Term Details Vi ew window. | |
| 3198 | ||
| 3199 | If the con cept is in cluded in one or mor e subsets, a Subsets folder is added to the | |
| 3200 | Configure Concept/Te rm Details View pane l view. E ach subset in which the concep t is | |
| 3201 | included i s listed i n the fold er, adjace nt to the icon. | |
| 3202 | ||
| 3203 | If a subse t is modif ied so tha t the conc ept in the view no l onger is i ncluded in the subse t, | |
| 3204 | that subse t is remov ed from th e listing. | |
| 3205 | You can dr ag a subse t listed o n the Conc ept/Term D etails pan el, then d rop it ont o the | |
| 3206 | Subset Exp ression Ed itor windo w to view and/or mod ify concep t selectio n paramete rs for | |
| 3207 | the subset . Refer t o the DTS Subset Edi tor Users Guide for procedures on creati ng and | |
| 3208 | maintainin g subsets. | |
| 3209 | Subsets Vi ew Option | |
| 3210 | Subsets Fo lder | |
| 3211 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3212 | Page 117 of 147 | |
| 3213 | Concept Na me and Att ribute Tex t Wrapping | |
| 3214 | If lengthy concept n ames and/o r attribut e text ext end beyond the borde r of the C oncept/ | |
| 3215 | Term Detai ls panel, the text w ill wrap a round to a new line. The conc ept name o r | |
| 3216 | attribute text also will be en closed in brackets. | |
| 3217 | ||
| 3218 | If you enl arge the C oncept/Ter m Details panel, the n drag a d ifferent c oncept int o the | |
| 3219 | panel, the enlarged panel size setting i s retained . The tex t wrapping and brack ets will b e | |
| 3220 | removed if they are not requir ed in the larger pan el. | |
| 3221 | ||
| 3222 | ||
| 3223 | Wrapp ed | |
| 3224 | Conce pt | |
| 3225 | Attri butes | |
| 3226 | in Br ackets | |
| 3227 | Text Wrap and | |
| 3228 | Brackets a re | |
| 3229 | Retained O nly | |
| 3230 | if Require d | |
| 3231 | Wrapped | |
| 3232 | Concept Na me | |
| 3233 | in Bracket s | |
| 3234 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3235 | Page 118 of 147 | |
| 3236 | View Conce pt/Term De tails Pane l History Using Forw ard and Ba ck Buttons | |
| 3237 | For your r eference, a history is provide d of the c oncepts an d/or terms that were displayed | |
| 3238 | previously in the sa me instanc e of the C oncept/Ter m Details panel. Us e the Forw ard | |
| 3239 | and Back b uttons to navigate t hrough con cepts and terms that you viewe d or edite d | |
| 3240 | earlier. | |
| 3241 | For exampl e, if you are viewin g a concep t or term in the Con cept/Term Details pa nel, | |
| 3242 | then subse quently dr ag a diffe rent conce pt or term into the panel for view or ed it, the | |
| 3243 | Back butto n becomes enabled. Note the i llustratio n. | |
| 3244 | ||
| 3245 | ||
| 3246 | Click the Back butto n to revie w the conc ept that d isplayed i n the pane l previous ly (i.e., | |
| 3247 | the concep t in the C oncept/Ter m Details panel’s hi story). T he view al ways refle cts the | |
| 3248 | current Co nfigure Vi ew setting for the C oncept/Ter m Details panel. | |
| 3249 | As soon a s you clic k the Back button, t he Forward button be comes enab led. | |
| 3250 | ||
| 3251 | ||
| 3252 | Click the Forward bu tton repea tedly to r edisplay t he concept you dragg ed into th e | |
| 3253 | Concept/Te rm Details panel mos t recently . The but ton become s disabled (grayed o ut) | |
| 3254 | when the m ost recent concept i s displaye d. | |
| 3255 | The displa yed histor y reflects the lates t version of a conce pt or term . If a co ncept or t erm | |
| 3256 | is updated after it was put in the histo ry, the la test versi on of the concept or term is | |
| 3257 | displayed when you c lick the F orward and Back butt ons. | |
| 3258 | The Concep t/Term Det ails panel history i s availabl e only for the curre nt connect ion | |
| 3259 | instance. The Conce pt/Term De tails pane l history will be re set when y ou disconn ect | |
| 3260 | from the D TS Editor. | |
| 3261 | ||
| 3262 | Back Butto n Enabled | |
| 3263 | Forward Bu tton Enabl ed | |
| 3264 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3265 | Page 119 of 147 | |
| 3266 | Add a New Concept/Te rm to a Lo cal Namesp ace | |
| 3267 | Create the New Conce pt | |
| 3268 | Follow thi s procedur e to add a new conce pt or term to an est ablished l ocal names pace. | |
| 3269 | 1. To crea te a new c oncept in a namespac e, click N ew in the Concept/Te rm Details | |
| 3270 | tab in the right pan el of the DTS Main w indow. Th e Create N ew Concept /Term | |
| 3271 | window dis plays. | |
| 3272 | ||
| 3273 | ||
| 3274 | 2. Enter t he name of the new c oncept in the Name f ield. | |
| 3275 | 3. From th e Namespac e field dr opdown lis t, select the local namespace to which t he | |
| 3276 | new concep t will be added (onl y local, w ritable na mespaces a re listed) . | |
| 3277 | 4. The def ault, New Concept, a pplies if you are ad ding a new concept t o the loca l | |
| 3278 | namespace. Click Ne w Term to add a new term to th e local na mespace. | |
| 3279 | 5. To canc el the add ition of t he concept or term t o the name space, cli ck Cancel. | |
| 3280 | The Create New Conce pt/Term wi ndow close s. | |
| 3281 | ||
| 3282 | Click OK t o add the concept or term to t he selecte d namespac e. The ne w concept | |
| 3283 | name displ ays in the Concept/T erm Detail s panel, a nd referen ces the na mespace | |
| 3284 | in which y ou created it. | |
| 3285 | ||
| 3286 | The Concep t Code and ID (which are assig ned to the new conce pt automat ically) | |
| 3287 | display as well. No te that ea ch concept ID is tra cked so th at if the concept is | |
| 3288 | deleted at a later t ime, that concept ID is preven ted from b eing reass igned to | |
| 3289 | another ne w concept. | |
| 3290 | ||
| 3291 | To change the format of the as signed con cept code and/or ID, follow th e | |
| 3292 | procedures outlined in the Cod e and ID G enerator d iscussion later in t he guide. | |
| 3293 | ||
| 3294 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3295 | Page 120 of 147 | |
| 3296 | Change the Name of a Concept | |
| 3297 | You can ch ange the n ame of an existing c oncept onl y if the n amespace i s writable . | |
| 3298 | 1. Make su re the con cept you w ant to mod ify displa ys on the Concept/Te rm Details | |
| 3299 | panel. Ri ght-click on the con cept name. | |
| 3300 | 2. On the displayed option lis t, click R ename. Th e Rename C oncept/Ter m window | |
| 3301 | displays, referencin g the exis ting conce pt name. | |
| 3302 | ||
| 3303 | ||
| 3304 | 3. Enter a New Name for the co ncept, and click OK. If the c oncept is in a | |
| 3305 | namespace that is no t writable , the foll owing wind ow display s. | |
| 3306 | ||
| 3307 | ||
| 3308 | ||
| 3309 | Click OK t o bypass t he renamin g of the c oncept. | |
| 3310 | ||
| 3311 | If the con cept you w ant to ren ame is in a writable namespace , the new name | |
| 3312 | displays i mmediately in the Co ncept/Term Details p anel. The namespace is | |
| 3313 | updated wi th the new concept n ame. | |
| 3314 | Add a Syno nym to a C oncept | |
| 3315 | Use one of the follo wing metho ds to add a synonym (with an a ssociation type esta blished | |
| 3316 | as local c ontent in a local na mespace) b etween con cepts or t erms in a subscripti on | |
| 3317 | namespace. The syno nymous ter m can exis t in the s ame namesp ace as the concept, or in | |
| 3318 | a differen t namespac e. A syno nym always pairs a c oncept wit h a synony mous term | |
| 3319 | (never a c oncept wit h a concep t, or a te rm with a term). | |
| 3320 | If you are creating a synonymo us term as local con tent for a concept i n a subscr iption | |
| 3321 | namespace, the assoc iation typ e you sele ct must be created a lready in the curren t local | |
| 3322 | namespace; the resul ting new s ynonym wil l be writt en to the current lo cal namesp ace as | |
| 3323 | well. You have the option of defining a new chara cter strin g as the s ynonymous term, | |
| 3324 | and linkin g that ter m to a con cept. | |
| 3325 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3326 | Page 121 of 147 | |
| 3327 | Create a S ynonym – C lick on Co ncept Name in Concep t/Term Det ails Panel | |
| 3328 | Follow thi s procedur e to link a synonymo us term to a concept by right clicking o n the | |
| 3329 | new concep t name in the Concep t/Term Det ails panel . | |
| 3330 | 1. If the new concep t is displ ayed in th e Concept/ Term Detai ls panel, right-clic k on | |
| 3331 | the concep t name. S elect Add Synonym fr om the dis played opt ions. | |
| 3332 | ||
| 3333 | To add a s ynonym to an existin g concept, drag the concept fr om another | |
| 3334 | displayed window or panel and drop it on the Conce pt/Term De tails pane l. Right- | |
| 3335 | click on t he concept name, the n select A dd Synonym from the displayed options. | |
| 3336 | ||
| 3337 | The New Sy nonym wind ow display s. | |
| 3338 | ||
| 3339 | ||
| 3340 | ||
| 3341 | The concep t from the Concept/T erm Detail s panel di splays aut omatically in the | |
| 3342 | Concept fi eld. | |
| 3343 | 2. If you are creati ng a synon ymous term for a con cept in a subscripti on or loca l | |
| 3344 | namespace, only asso ciation ty pes from t he current local nam espace are listed | |
| 3345 | (alphabeti cally) in the Synony m Type dro pdown fiel d, and onl y those as sociation | |
| 3346 | types that represent connectio ns between concepts and synony mous terms | |
| 3347 | (Concept t o Term Ass oc); selec t the appr opriate as sociation type. A n ew | |
| 3348 | (synonymou s) associa tion betwe en the con cept and t he term yo u select w ill be | |
| 3349 | written to the local namespace where the associati on type wa s created. Refer to | |
| 3350 | the Associ ation Type s discussi ons. | |
| 3351 | ||
| 3352 | You have t he option of filteri ng the ass ociation t ypes that are availa ble from t he | |
| 3353 | Synonym Ty pe field d ropdown li st by crea ting a pre -defined, filtered l ist of typ es. | |
| 3354 | When you a ttempt to select an associatio n type fro m the Syno nym Type f ield | |
| 3355 | dropdown l ist, or se lect an al ternate as sociation type, only the pre-s elected | |
| 3356 | associatio n types wi ll be incl uded in th e list. R efer to th e Filter A ssociation Types | |
| 3357 | discussion . | |
| 3358 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3359 | Page 122 of 147 | |
| 3360 | 3. From on e of the o ther displ ay windows or panels , drag the concept/t erm you wa nt | |
| 3361 | to establi sh as a sy nonym, and drop it i nto the Te rm field o n the New Synonyms | |
| 3362 | window. T he term ca n be from the same n amespace a s the conc ept, or fr om a | |
| 3363 | different namespace. | |
| 3364 | 4. If you would rath er create a new term (i.e., on e not alre ady existi ng in a | |
| 3365 | namespace) to establ ish as a s ynonym, cl ick Create New Term. The Crea te New | |
| 3366 | Term windo w displays . | |
| 3367 | ||
| 3368 | ||
| 3369 | ||
| 3370 | Specify th e Name of the new sy nonymous t erm. From the Names pace field | |
| 3371 | dropdown l ist, selec t the loca l, editabl e namespac e in which it will r eside (loc al | |
| 3372 | namespaces are liste d alphabet ically). The synony m you are adding is a New | |
| 3373 | Term (the only optio n). | |
| 3374 | 5. Click O K. The Cr eate New T erm window closes. | |
| 3375 | 6. In the event mult iple synon yms exist for a spec ific conce pt, you ca n designat e that | |
| 3376 | one of the synonyms Is Preferr ed. On th e New Syno nym window , click th e Is | |
| 3377 | Preferred field chec kbox to de signate th is synonym as the pr eferred sy nonym. | |
| 3378 | This synon ym will be reference d as Prefe rred when you expand the Synon yms | |
| 3379 | folder on the Concep t/Term Det ails panel . | |
| 3380 | ||
| 3381 | ||
| 3382 | 7. Click O K on the N ew Synonym window to add the s ynonym to the curren t local | |
| 3383 | namespace. In the S ynonyms fo lder for t he concept on the Co ncept/Term Details | |
| 3384 | panel, the synonym d isplays in italics ( to indicat e that it is subscri ption cont ent | |
| 3385 | that was w ritten to a local na mespace). | |
| 3386 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3387 | Page 123 of 147 | |
| 3388 | Create a S ynonym – C ontrol/Dra g Concept into Conce pt/Term De tails Pane l | |
| 3389 | Follow thi s procedur e to link a synonymo us term to a concept displayed in the | |
| 3390 | Concept/Te rm Details panel usi ng the con cept Contr ol/Drag op tion. | |
| 3391 | 1. Make su re the con cept for w hich you w ant to add a synonym ous term d isplays in | |
| 3392 | the Concep t/Term Det ails panel . | |
| 3393 | 2. From an other disp layed pane l or windo w (or anot her instan ce of the Concept/ | |
| 3394 | Term Detai ls panel) select the term you want to ad d as a syn onymous te rm, then | |
| 3395 | drag it to the Conce pt/Term De tails pane l. | |
| 3396 | ||
| 3397 | The term c an be from the same namespace as the con cept, or f rom a diff erent | |
| 3398 | namespace, but the a ssociation type for it must re side in a local name space (i.e ., | |
| 3399 | the associ ation type must be c reated in a local na mespace). | |
| 3400 | 3. Hold th e Control key down b efore you drop this concept in to the Con cept/Term | |
| 3401 | Details pa nel. | |
| 3402 | ||
| 3403 | The New Sy nonym wind ow display s. The co ncept from the Conce pt/Term De tails | |
| 3404 | panel disp lays in th e Concept field, and the dragg ed concept populates the Term | |
| 3405 | field (the namespace in which the concep t resides is include d in brack ets). | |
| 3406 | ||
| 3407 | ||
| 3408 | 4. Click O K on the N ew Synonym window to add the s ynonym to the curren t local | |
| 3409 | namespace. When you expand th e Synonyms folder fo r the conc ept on the | |
| 3410 | Concept/Te rm Details panel, th e synonym displays i n italics (to indica te that it is | |
| 3411 | subscripti on content that was written to a local n amespace). | |
| 3412 | Create a S ynonym – C ontrol/Dra g Local Sy nonym into Concept/T erm Detail s Panel | |
| 3413 | Follow thi s procedur e to selec t an exist ing synony m (in a lo cal namesp ace) displ ayed in | |
| 3414 | another pa nel, then add the sy nonym itse lf to a co ncept disp layed in t he Concept /Term | |
| 3415 | Details pa nel using the concep t Control/ Drag optio n. | |
| 3416 | 1. Make su re the con cept for w hich you w ant to add a synonym ous term d isplays in | |
| 3417 | the Concep t/Term Det ails panel . | |
| 3418 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3419 | Page 124 of 147 | |
| 3420 | 2. From a concept di splayed in another p anel or wi ndow (or i n another instance o f | |
| 3421 | the Concep t/Term Det ails panel ) select t he local s ynonym you want to a dd; select | |
| 3422 | the local synonym it self (not the entire concept); local syn onyms disp lay in | |
| 3423 | italics. | |
| 3424 | 3. Drag th e selected synonym t o the Conc ept/Term D etails pan el. Hold the Contro l | |
| 3425 | key down b efore you drop the s ynonym int o the Conc ept/Term D etails pan el; the | |
| 3426 | dragged sy nonym disp lays in it alics. | |
| 3427 | Edit a Syn onym | |
| 3428 | Follow thi s procedur e to modif y an exist ing synony m for a co ncept. Yo u can modi fy an | |
| 3429 | existing s ynonym for a concept in a subs cription n amespace, but only i f the asso ciation | |
| 3430 | type exist s in a loc al namespa ce (i.e., the synony m is conte nt in a lo cal namesp ace, and i s | |
| 3431 | listed in italics). | |
| 3432 | 1. To edit a synonym for an ex isting con cept, drag the conce pt from an other | |
| 3433 | displayed window or panel and drop it on the Conce pt/Term De tails pane l. | |
| 3434 | 2. For the displayed concept, click on t he Synonym s folder t o expand i t. The | |
| 3435 | existing s ynonyms fo r the conc ept displa y. Right- click on t he synonym you want | |
| 3436 | to edit, t hen select Modify Sy nonym from the displ ayed optio ns. | |
| 3437 | ||
| 3438 | ||
| 3439 | ||
| 3440 | The Modify Synonym f loating wi ndow displ ays, refer encing the concept a nd the | |
| 3441 | synonymous term, as well as th e namespac e in which each resi des. | |
| 3442 | ||
| 3443 | ||
| 3444 | 3. Make th e desired edits, the n click OK to update the appro priate nam espace(s). | |
| 3445 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3446 | Page 125 of 147 | |
| 3447 | Delete a S ynonym | |
| 3448 | Follow thi s procedur e to delet e an exist ing synony m for a co ncept that was creat ed as | |
| 3449 | content in a local n amespace. | |
| 3450 | 1. To dele te a synon ym for an existing c oncept in a local na mespace, d rag the | |
| 3451 | concept fr om another displayed window or panel and drop it o n the Conc ept/Term | |
| 3452 | Details pa nel. | |
| 3453 | 2. For the displayed concept, click on t he Synonym s folder t o expand i t. The | |
| 3454 | existing s ynonyms fo r the conc ept/term d isplay. E ach synony m that is content in | |
| 3455 | a local na mespace di splays in italics. | |
| 3456 | ||
| 3457 | ||
| 3458 | 3. Right-c lick on th e synonym you want t o delete, then selec t Delete S ynonym fro m | |
| 3459 | the displa yed option s. Note t hat if the synonym i s in a nam espace tha t is not | |
| 3460 | editable, the Delete Synonym o ption is n ot availab le. | |
| 3461 | ||
| 3462 | The follow ing confir mation win dow displa ys. | |
| 3463 | ||
| 3464 | ||
| 3465 | 4. Click O K to delet e the syno nym from t he local n amespace w here it re sides. Cl ick | |
| 3466 | Cancel to ignore the deletion and close the window . | |
| 3467 | Add a Prop erty to a Concept or Term | |
| 3468 | Follow thi s procedur e to creat e a new pr operty (as local con tent in th e current local | |
| 3469 | namespace) for a con cept or te rm that re sides in a subscript ion namesp ace. | |
| 3470 | 1. Drag th e concept/ term for w hich you w ant to add a propert y into the | |
| 3471 | Concept/Te rm Details panel. | |
| 3472 | 2. Right-c lick on th e concept/ term name on the Con cept/Term Details pa nel, then | |
| 3473 | select Add Property from the d isplayed o ptions. T he Add Pro perty wind ow | |
| 3474 | displays. | |
| 3475 | ||
| 3476 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3477 | Page 126 of 147 | |
| 3478 | ||
| 3479 | ||
| 3480 | The concep t/term fro m the Conc ept/Term D etails pan el display s automati cally in | |
| 3481 | the Concep t/Term fie ld, and th e namespac e in which it exists displays in bracket s. | |
| 3482 | 3. A prope rty type i s a pre-es tablished identifier that defi nes the pr operty. F rom the | |
| 3483 | Property T ype field dropdown l ist, selec t a proper ty definit ion to be assigned t o | |
| 3484 | the concep t or term. If the C oncept/Ter m is from a subscrip tion names pace, the | |
| 3485 | Property T ype dropdo wn list in cludes onl y property types cre ated in th e current | |
| 3486 | local name space, lis ted alphab etically. | |
| 3487 | ||
| 3488 | If the Con cept/Term was create d in a loc al namespa ce, the Pr operty Typ e list | |
| 3489 | includes p roperty ty pes create d in the c urrent loc al namespa ce, but on ly if the | |
| 3490 | Concept/Te rm also wa s created in the cur rent local namespace . If the | |
| 3491 | concept/te rm was not created i n the curr ent local namespace, the Prope rty Type | |
| 3492 | field drop down list will be em pty. Refe r to the P roperty Ty pes discus sions. | |
| 3493 | ||
| 3494 | You have t he option of filteri ng the pro perty type s that are available from the | |
| 3495 | Property T ype field dropdown l ist by cre ating a pr e-defined, filtered list of | |
| 3496 | property t ypes. Whe n you atte mpt to sel ect a prop erty type from the P roperty | |
| 3497 | Type field dropdown list, or s elect an a lternate p roperty ty pe, only t he pre-sel ected | |
| 3498 | types will be includ ed in the list. Ref er to the Filter Pro perty Type s discussi on | |
| 3499 | earlier in the guide . | |
| 3500 | 4. For the property definition (type) as signed to this conce pt or term , specify the | |
| 3501 | property v alue in th e Property Value tex t area. T his area a ccommodate s the entr y | |
| 3502 | of large a mounts of text, as w ell as for matted tex t (e.g., p aragraphs, bulleted | |
| 3503 | items, etc .). A sin gle concep t or term can have m ultiple oc currences of the sam e | |
| 3504 | property t ype, each with a sep arate, uni que value. | |
| 3505 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3506 | Page 127 of 147 | |
| 3507 | ||
| 3508 | ||
| 3509 | 5. For eac h property you may s pecify an establishe d qualifie r type and value; th ese | |
| 3510 | provide ad ditional d etail rega rding the nature of a concept or term pr operty (e. g., | |
| 3511 | Current). From the Qualifier Type field dropdown list, sele ct the qua lifier to | |
| 3512 | assign to this prope rty. The list inclu des only t hose prope rty qualif ier types that | |
| 3513 | were creat ed in the same local namespace where the selected property t ype was | |
| 3514 | created (r efer to th e Property Qualifier Types dis cussions). | |
| 3515 | 6. For the property qualifier (type) you selected for this c oncept or term, spec ify the | |
| 3516 | qualifier value in t he Qualifi er Value f ield. For each prop erty you c an create | |
| 3517 | multiple o ccurrences of the sa me qualifi er type, e ach with a separate, unique | |
| 3518 | value. | |
| 3519 | 7. Click A dd after y ou specify the Quali fier Type and Qualif ier Value; both are | |
| 3520 | added to t he area in the lower portion o f the wind ow. Note the illust ration. | |
| 3521 | ||
| 3522 | ||
| 3523 | ||
| 3524 | To remove an individ ual qualif ier type/v alue combi nation fro m the prop erty, | |
| 3525 | highlight the approp riate line in the di splay area and click Remove. To clear a ll | |
| 3526 | displayed qualifier type/value combinati ons, click Clear. | |
| 3527 | ||
| 3528 | You have t he option of filteri ng the pro perty qual ifier type s that are available | |
| 3529 | from the Q ualifier T ype field dropdown l ist by cre ating a pr e-defined, filtered list | |
| 3530 | of types. When you attempt to select a qualifier type from the Qualif ier Type | |
| 3531 | field drop down list, or select an altern ate Qualif ier type, only the p re-selecte d | |
| 3532 | property t ypes will be include d in the l ist. Refe r to the F ilter Prop erty Quali fier | |
| 3533 | Types disc ussion ear lier in th e guide. | |
| 3534 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3535 | Page 128 of 147 | |
| 3536 | 8. Click O K on the A dd Propert y window t o add the property t o the curr ent local | |
| 3537 | namespace. When you expand th e Properti es folder for the co ncept on t he | |
| 3538 | Concept/Te rm Details panel, th e property displays in italics (to indic ate that i t is | |
| 3539 | subscripti on content that was written to a local n amespace). Click Ca ncel to | |
| 3540 | ignore the new prope rty. | |
| 3541 | Edit a Con cept Prope rty | |
| 3542 | Follow thi s procedur e to view and/or edi t a proper ty that wa s created in a local | |
| 3543 | namespace for a conc ept or ter m in a sub scription namespace. | |
| 3544 | 1. Drag th e concept/ term conta ining the property y ou want to view or e dit from | |
| 3545 | another pa nel and dr op it on i nto the Co ncept/Term Details p anel. | |
| 3546 | 2. On the Concept/Te rm Details panel, ex pand the P roperties folder to display | |
| 3547 | existing p roperties for the co ncept/term . | |
| 3548 | 3. Right-c lick on th e property for which you want to view or edit deta ils, then select | |
| 3549 | Modify Pro perty from the displ ayed optio ns. (Prop erties cre ated as lo cal conten t | |
| 3550 | display in italics; the Modify Property option is available for these properties | |
| 3551 | only.) Th e Modify P roperty wi ndow displ ays. | |
| 3552 | ||
| 3553 | ||
| 3554 | ||
| 3555 | The concep t/term fro m the Conc ept/Term D etails pan el display s in the | |
| 3556 | Concept/Te rm field, and is not editable. The name space in w hich the | |
| 3557 | concept/te rm resides displays in bracket s. | |
| 3558 | 4. A prope rty type i s a pre-es tablished identifier that defi nes the pr operty. F rom the | |
| 3559 | Property T ype field dropdown l ist, selec t an alter nate prope rty defini tion to be | |
| 3560 | assigned t o the conc ept or ter m. If the Concept/T erm is fro m a subscr iption | |
| 3561 | namespace, the Prope rty Type d ropdown li st include s only pro perty type s created | |
| 3562 | in the cur rent local namespace , listed a lphabetica lly. | |
| 3563 | ||
| 3564 | ||
| 3565 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3566 | Page 129 of 147 | |
| 3567 | If the Con cept/Term was create d in a loc al namespa ce, the Pr operty Typ e list | |
| 3568 | includes p roperty ty pes create d in the c urrent loc al namespa ce, but on ly if the | |
| 3569 | Concept/Te rm also wa s created in the cur rent local namespace . If the | |
| 3570 | concept/te rm was not created i n the curr ent local namespace, the Prope rty Type | |
| 3571 | field drop down list will be em pty. Refe r to the P roperty Ty pes discus sions. | |
| 3572 | ||
| 3573 | You have t he option of filteri ng the pro perty type s that are available from the | |
| 3574 | Property T ype field dropdown l ist by cre ating a pr e-defined, filtered list of ty pes. | |
| 3575 | When you a ttempt to select a t ype from t he Propert y Type fie ld dropdow n list, or | |
| 3576 | select an alternate property t ype, only the pre-se lected typ es will be available in | |
| 3577 | the list. Refer to the Filter Property Types disc ussion ear lier in th e guide. | |
| 3578 | 5. For the property type (defi nition) as signed to this conce pt or term , you can modify | |
| 3579 | the proper ty value i n the Prop erty Value text area . | |
| 3580 | 6. For eac h property you can s pecify an establishe d qualifie r type and value; th ese | |
| 3581 | provide ad ditional d etail rega rding the nature of a concept or term pr operty (e. g., | |
| 3582 | Current). From the Qualifier Type field dropdown list, sele ct the qua lifier | |
| 3583 | assigned t o this pro perty. Th e list inc ludes only those pro perty qual ifier type s | |
| 3584 | that were created in the same local name space wher e the sele cted prope rty type | |
| 3585 | was create d; refer t o the Prop erty Quali fier Types discussio ns. | |
| 3586 | 7. For the property qualifier (type) you selected for this c oncept or term, spec ify the | |
| 3587 | qualifier value in t he Qualifi er Value f ield. For each prop erty you c an create | |
| 3588 | multiple q ualifiers with diffe rent quali fier types , or multi ple occurr ences of t he | |
| 3589 | same quali fier type, each with a separat e value. | |
| 3590 | 8. Click A dd after y ou specify the Quali fier Type and Qualif ier Value; both are | |
| 3591 | added to t he display area in t he lower p ortion of the window . See the illustrat ion. | |
| 3592 | ||
| 3593 | ||
| 3594 | ||
| 3595 | To remove an individ ual qualif ier type/v alue combi nation fro m the prop erty, | |
| 3596 | highlight the approp riate line in the di splay area and click Remove. To clear a ll | |
| 3597 | displayed qualifier type/value combinati ons, click Clear. | |
| 3598 | ||
| 3599 | You have t he option of filteri ng the pro perty qual ifier type s that are available | |
| 3600 | from the Q ualifier T ype field dropdown l ist by cre ating a pr e-defined, filtered list | |
| 3601 | of types. When you attempt to select a qualifier type from the Qualif ier Type | |
| 3602 | field drop down list, or select an altern ate Qualif ier type, only the p re-selecte d | |
| 3603 | types will be availa ble in the list. Re fer to the Filter Pr operty Qua lifier Typ es | |
| 3604 | discussion earlier i n the guid e. | |
| 3605 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3606 | Page 130 of 147 | |
| 3607 | 9. Click O K on the M odify Prop erty windo w to add t he propert y edits to the curre nt | |
| 3608 | local name space. Cl ick Cancel to ignore the edits . | |
| 3609 | Delete a C oncept Pro perty | |
| 3610 | Follow thi s procedur e to delet e an exist ing proper ty from a concept, i f the prop erty was | |
| 3611 | written to a local, writable n amespace. | |
| 3612 | 1. Drag th e concept/ term conta ining the property y ou want to delete in to the | |
| 3613 | Concept/Te rm Details panel. | |
| 3614 | 2. On the Concept/Te rm Details panel, ex pand the P roperties folder to display | |
| 3615 | existing p roperties for the co ncept/term . | |
| 3616 | 3. Right-c lick on th e property you want to delete, then sele ct Delete Property f rom | |
| 3617 | the displa yed option s. Note t hat the De lete Prope rty option is not av ailable if the | |
| 3618 | displayed concept ex ists in a namespace that is no t writable . | |
| 3619 | ||
| 3620 | A delete c onfirmatio n window s imilar to the follow ing displa ys. | |
| 3621 | ||
| 3622 | ||
| 3623 | 4. Click O K to delet e the conc ept/term p roperty fr om the con cept in th e local | |
| 3624 | namespace. Click Ca ncel to ig nore the d eletion. | |
| 3625 | Create an Associatio n | |
| 3626 | Use one of the follo wing metho ds to add an associa tion (with an associ ation type | |
| 3627 | establishe d as local content i n a local namespace) between c oncepts or terms in a | |
| 3628 | subscripti on namespa ce. The a ssociation can be be tween conc epts or te rms within one | |
| 3629 | namespace, or across different namespace s. | |
| 3630 | Create an Associatio n – Click on Concept Name in t he Concept /Term Deta ils Panel | |
| 3631 | Follow thi s procedur e to add a n associat ion defini tion and t arget conc ept value to the new | |
| 3632 | concept by right cli cking on t he new con cept name in the Con cept/Term Details pa nel. | |
| 3633 | 1. Drag th e relation ship from concept/te rm into th e Concept/ Term Detai ls panel. | |
| 3634 | 2. Right-c lick on th e concept/ term name on the Con cept/Term Details pa nel, then | |
| 3635 | select Add Associati on from th e displaye d options. The Add Associatio n window | |
| 3636 | displays. | |
| 3637 | ||
| 3638 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3639 | Page 131 of 147 | |
| 3640 | ||
| 3641 | ||
| 3642 | The from c oncept/ter m from the Concept/T erm Detail s panel di splays | |
| 3643 | automatica lly in the From Conc ept/Term f ield, esta blishing t he From po rtion of | |
| 3644 | the From/T o associat ion betwee n concepts or terms. The name space in w hich | |
| 3645 | the from c oncept res ides displ ays in bra ckets. | |
| 3646 | 3. From th e Associat ion Type f ield dropd own list, select the type of a ssociation (e.g., | |
| 3647 | Related To , Child Of ) you are creating b etween the concepts or terms. | |
| 3648 | Associatio n types fr om the cur rent local namespace are liste d alphabet ically. | |
| 3649 | Refer to t he Associa tion Types discussio ns. | |
| 3650 | ||
| 3651 | You have t he option of filteri ng the ass ociation t ypes that are availa ble from t he | |
| 3652 | Associatio n Type fie ld dropdow n list by creating a pre-defin ed, filter ed list of | |
| 3653 | types. Wh en you att empt to se lect an as sociation type from the Associ ation Type | |
| 3654 | field drop down list, or select an altern ate associ ation type , only the pre-selec ted | |
| 3655 | types will be includ ed in the list. Ref er to the Filter Ass ociation T ypes discu ssion | |
| 3656 | earlier in the guide . | |
| 3657 | 4. From an other disp layed pane l or windo w, drag th e target c oncept/ter m in the | |
| 3658 | associatio n in the T o Concept/ Term dropd own field. The name space in w hich the | |
| 3659 | to concept resides d isplays in brackets to the rig ht of the field. | |
| 3660 | ||
| 3661 | ||
| 3662 | 5. For eac h associat ion you ca n add one or more qu alifiers, each of wh ich consis ts of | |
| 3663 | an establi shed quali fier type and value. Qualifie rs provide additiona l detail | |
| 3664 | regarding the nature of a conc ept or ter m associat ion (e.g., Usually). | |
| 3665 | From the Q ualifier T ype field dropdown l ist, selec t a qualif ier type t o assign t o | |
| 3666 | this assoc iation. | |
| 3667 | ||
| 3668 | ||
| 3669 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3670 | Page 132 of 147 | |
| 3671 | The list i ncludes on ly those a ssociation qualifier types tha t were cre ated in th e | |
| 3672 | same local namespace where the selected Associatio n Type was created ( refer to | |
| 3673 | the Associ ation Qual ifier Type s discussi ons). The namespace in which the | |
| 3674 | qualifier type was c reated dis plays in b rackets. | |
| 3675 | 6. For the qualifier (type) yo u selected for this associatio n, specify the quali fier | |
| 3676 | value in t he Qualifi er Value f ield. For each asso ciation yo u can crea te multipl e | |
| 3677 | qualifiers of differ ent types, or create occurrenc es of the same quali fier type, each | |
| 3678 | with a sep arate valu e. | |
| 3679 | 7. Click A dd after y ou specify the Quali fier Type and Qualif ier Value; both are | |
| 3680 | added to t he display area in t he lower p ortion of the window (see the illustrati on). | |
| 3681 | ||
| 3682 | ||
| 3683 | ||
| 3684 | To remove an individ ual qualif ier type/v alue combi nation fro m the asso ciation, | |
| 3685 | highlight the approp riate line in the di splay area and click Remove. To clear a ll | |
| 3686 | displayed qualifier type/value combinati ons, click Clear. | |
| 3687 | ||
| 3688 | You have t he option of filteri ng the ass ociation q ualifier t ypes that are availa ble | |
| 3689 | from the Q ualifier T ype field dropdown l ist by cre ating a pr e-defined, filtered list | |
| 3690 | of types. When you attempt to select an associati on qualifi er type fr om the | |
| 3691 | Qualifier Type field dropdown list, or s elect an a lternate Q ualifier t ype, only the | |
| 3692 | pre-select ed types w ill be inc luded in t he list. Refer to t he Filter Associatio n | |
| 3693 | Qualifier Types disc ussion ear lier in th e guide. | |
| 3694 | 8. Click O K on the A dd Associa tion windo w to add t he associa tion. | |
| 3695 | Create an Associatio n – Contro l/Drag Con cept into the Concep t/Term Det ails Panel | |
| 3696 | Follow thi s procedur e to creat e an assoc iation def inition an d target c oncept val ue for the | |
| 3697 | new concep t using th e concept Control/Dr ag option. | |
| 3698 | 1. Make su re the fro m concept for which you want t o add an a ssociation (e.g., Dr ug | |
| 3699 | Testing) d isplays in the Conce pt/Term De tails pane l. | |
| 3700 | 2. From an other disp layed pane l, or anot her instan ce of the Concept/Te rm Details | |
| 3701 | panel, sel ect the co ncept you want to ad d as the t arget conc ept in the associati on | |
| 3702 | (e.g., Pat hology and Laborator y Tests) t hen drag i t to the C oncept/Ter m Details | |
| 3703 | panel. Ho ld the Con trol key d own before you drop this conce pt into th e | |
| 3704 | Concept/Te rm Details panel. T he Add Ass ociation w indow disp lays. | |
| 3705 | ||
| 3706 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3707 | Page 133 of 147 | |
| 3708 | 3. Both th e From and To concep t/terms di splay auto matically in the app ropriate | |
| 3709 | fields. T he namespa ce in whic h each con cept resid es display s in brack ets. | |
| 3710 | ||
| 3711 | ||
| 3712 | From the A ssociation Type fiel d dropdown list, sel ect the ty pe of asso ciation (e .g., | |
| 3713 | Likened To , Related To) you ar e creating between t he concept s or terms . | |
| 3714 | Associatio n types fr om the cur rent local namespace are liste d alphabet ically. | |
| 3715 | Refer to t he Associa tion Types discussio n. | |
| 3716 | ||
| 3717 | You have t he option of filteri ng the ass ociation t ypes that are availa ble from t he | |
| 3718 | Associatio n Type fie ld dropdow n list by creating a pre-defin ed, filter ed list of | |
| 3719 | types. Wh en you att empt to se lect an as sociation type from the Associ ation Type | |
| 3720 | field drop down list, or select an altern ate associ ation type , only the pre-selec ted | |
| 3721 | types will be includ ed in the list. Ref er to the Filter Ass ociation T ypes discu ssion | |
| 3722 | earlier in the guide . | |
| 3723 | 4. For eac h associat ion you ca n add one or more qu alifiers, each of wh ich consis ts of | |
| 3724 | an establi shed quali fier type and value. Qualifie rs provide additiona l detail | |
| 3725 | regarding the nature of a conc ept or ter m associat ion (e.g., Usually). | |
| 3726 | ||
| 3727 | From the Q ualifier T ype field dropdown l ist, selec t a qualif ier type t o assign t o | |
| 3728 | this assoc iation. T he list in cludes onl y those as sociation qualifier types that were | |
| 3729 | created in the same local name space wher e the sele cted assoc iation typ e was | |
| 3730 | created (r efer to th e Associat ion Qualif ier Types discussion s). The n amespace i n | |
| 3731 | which the qualifier type was c reated dis plays in b rackets. | |
| 3732 | 5. For the qualifier (type) yo u selected for this associatio n, specify the quali fier | |
| 3733 | value in t he Qualifi er Value f ield. For each asso ciation yo u can crea te multipl e | |
| 3734 | qualifiers of differ ent types, or create occurrenc es of the same quali fier type, each | |
| 3735 | with a sep arate valu e. | |
| 3736 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3737 | Page 134 of 147 | |
| 3738 | Click Add after you specify th e Qualifie r Type and Qualifier Value; bo th are | |
| 3739 | added to t he area in the lower portion o f the wind ow. Note the illust ration. | |
| 3740 | ||
| 3741 | ||
| 3742 | ||
| 3743 | To remove an individ ual qualif ier type/v alue combi nation fro m the asso ciation, | |
| 3744 | highlight the approp riate line in the di splay area and click Remove. To clear a ll | |
| 3745 | displayed qualifier type/value combinati ons, click Clear. | |
| 3746 | ||
| 3747 | You have t he option of filteri ng the ass ociation q ualifier t ypes that are availa ble | |
| 3748 | from the Q ualifier T ype field dropdown l ist by cre ating a pr e-defined, filtered list | |
| 3749 | of types. When you attempt to select an associati on qualifi er type fr om the | |
| 3750 | Qualifier Type field dropdown list, or s elect an a lternate Q ualifier t ype, only the | |
| 3751 | pre-select ed types w ill be inc luded in t he list. Refer to t he Filter Associatio n | |
| 3752 | Qualifier Types disc ussion ear lier in th e guide. | |
| 3753 | 6. Click O K on the A dd Associa tion windo w to add t he associa tion. | |
| 3754 | Create an Associatio n – Contro l/Drag Ass ociation i nto the Co ncept/Term Details P anel | |
| 3755 | Follow thi s procedur e to selec t an exist ing local associatio n itself f rom a targ et concept | |
| 3756 | displayed in another panel, th en add the associati on itself to the new concept i n the | |
| 3757 | Concept/Te rm Details panel usi ng the con cept Contr ol/Drag op tion. | |
| 3758 | 1. Make su re the fro m concept for which you want t o add an a ssociation (e.g., Dr ug | |
| 3759 | Testing) d isplays in the Conce pt/Term De tails pane l. | |
| 3760 | 2. From a target con cept displ ayed in an other pane l or windo w (or in a nother | |
| 3761 | instance o f the Conc ept/Term D etails pan el) select the local associati on you wan t | |
| 3762 | to add. S elect the local asso ciation it self (not the concep t); local associatio ns | |
| 3763 | display in italics. | |
| 3764 | 3. Drag th e target c oncept ass ociation t o the Conc ept/Term D etails pan el where t he | |
| 3765 | associatio n from con cept is di splayed. Hold the C ontrol key down befo re you | |
| 3766 | drop the t arget conc ept associ ation into the Conce pt/Term De tails pane l where | |
| 3767 | the from c oncept is displayed. The drag ged target concept a ssociation displays | |
| 3768 | (in italic s) in the Associatio ns folder for the as sociation from conce pt display ed | |
| 3769 | in the Con cept/Term Details pa nel. | |
| 3770 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3771 | Page 135 of 147 | |
| 3772 | Create a C oncept/Ter m Associat ion within a Namespa ce | |
| 3773 | The follow ing proced ure illust rates how to create an associa tion betwe en concept s or | |
| 3774 | terms with in the sam e namespac e. In the example s hown, an a ssociation is create d | |
| 3775 | between tw o concepts in the IC D-9-CM nam espace. | |
| 3776 | 1. In the DTS Editor Main wind ow, open o ne or more display p anels that include t he | |
| 3777 | concepts o r terms fo r which yo u want to create an associatio n. The pa nel displa ys | |
| 3778 | should ref lect the s ame namesp ace (in th is case, I CD-9-CM). In the il lustration , | |
| 3779 | the Concep t Tree pan el reflect s both con cepts that will be i ncluded in the | |
| 3780 | associatio n (Diabete s mellitus and Diabe tes with k etoacidosi s). | |
| 3781 | ||
| 3782 | ||
| 3783 | ||
| 3784 | Another op tion is to open the Search pan el in the left pane, which ref lects the | |
| 3785 | concept Di abetes mel litus in t he ICD-9-C M namespac e. The Co ncept Walk er | |
| 3786 | floating w indow refl ects Diabe tes with k etoacidosi s as a chi ld concept of | |
| 3787 | Diabetes m ellitus, a lso in the ICD-9-CM namespace. Note the illustrat ion. | |
| 3788 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3789 | Page 136 of 147 | |
| 3790 | ||
| 3791 | ||
| 3792 | 2. Drag th e relation ship from concept/te rm (i.e., Diabetes w ith ketoac idosis) in to | |
| 3793 | the Concep t/Term Det ails panel . | |
| 3794 | 3. Right-c lick on th e concept/ term name on the Con cept/Term Details pa nel, then | |
| 3795 | select Add Associati on from th e displaye d options. The Add Associatio n window | |
| 3796 | displays. The from concept/te rm from th e Concept/ Term Detai ls panel ( i.e., | |
| 3797 | Diabetes w ith ketoac idosis) di splays aut omatically in the Fr om Concept /Term | |
| 3798 | field, est ablishing the From p ortion of the From/T o associat ion betwee n | |
| 3799 | concepts o r terms. | |
| 3800 | ||
| 3801 | ||
| 3802 | ||
| 3803 | The associ ation alwa ys is writ ten to the From Conc ept namesp ace (in th is case, | |
| 3804 | ICD-9-CM), which dis plays in p arentheses next to t he concept /term. | |
| 3805 | 4. Drag Di abetes mel litus from the other displayed panel and drop it i nto the To | |
| 3806 | Concept fi eld. The namespace (again, IC D-9-CM) di splays in parenthese s next | |
| 3807 | to the con cept/term. | |
| 3808 | ||
| 3809 | ||
| 3810 | 5. The Ass ociation T ype field dropdown l ist includ es only as sociation types crea ted | |
| 3811 | in the cur rent local namespace ; select t he type of associati on you are establish ing. | |
| 3812 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3813 | Page 137 of 147 | |
| 3814 | In the ill ustration, Part Of i s selected ; the loca l namespac e in which that | |
| 3815 | associatio n was crea ted displa ys in pare ntheses. | |
| 3816 | ||
| 3817 | ||
| 3818 | 6. Select the approp riate qual ifiers for this asso ciation us ing the Qu alifier Ty pe field | |
| 3819 | dropdown l ist, then enter the value for each quali fier type. | |
| 3820 | 7. Click O K to updat e the ICD- 9-CM names pace with the associ ation of t he | |
| 3821 | concept Di abetes wit h ketoacid osis as be ing Part O f the conc ept Diabet es | |
| 3822 | mellitus. Click Can cel to ign ore the ne w associat ion. | |
| 3823 | Map Concep t/Terms ac ross Names paces | |
| 3824 | The DTS Ed itor allow s you to c reate asso ciations b etween con cepts or t erms acros s many | |
| 3825 | namespaces . Using t his mappin g approach (i.e., cr eating set s of assoc iations be tween | |
| 3826 | concepts i n two or m ore namesp aces) you can map a single Fro m Concept to many To | |
| 3827 | Concepts a cross mult iple names paces. | |
| 3828 | ||
| 3829 | The follow ing proced ure illust rates how to create an associa tion betwe en concept s or | |
| 3830 | terms acro ss two nam espaces. In the exa mple shown , an assoc iation is created fo r the | |
| 3831 | concept di abetes mel litus, whi ch exists in both th e SNOMED C T and ICD- 9-CM | |
| 3832 | namespaces . | |
| 3833 | 1. Open tw o separate display p anels in t he DTS Edi tor Main w indow. Th e display | |
| 3834 | in each sh ould inclu de the con cept/term (each refl ected in a separate namespace) | |
| 3835 | for which you want t o create a n associat ion. | |
| 3836 | ||
| 3837 | In the ill ustration, the Conce pt Walker panel refl ects the c oncept dia betes | |
| 3838 | mellitus i n the ICD- 9-CM names pace. The Concept T ree floati ng window | |
| 3839 | reflects t he concept diabetes mellitus i n the SNOM ED CT name space. | |
| 3840 | ||
| 3841 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3842 | Page 138 of 147 | |
| 3843 | ||
| 3844 | ||
| 3845 | Another op tion is to open two instances of the Con cept Tree floating w indow, | |
| 3846 | each of wh ich includ e the conc ept diabet es mellitu s in its r espective namespace. | |
| 3847 | Note the f ollowing i llustratio n. | |
| 3848 | ||
| 3849 | ||
| 3850 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3851 | Page 139 of 147 | |
| 3852 | 2. Drag th e relation ship from concept/te rm, Diabet es mellitu s in the f rom | |
| 3853 | namespace (i.e., SNO MED-CT) in to the Con cept/Term Details pa nel. | |
| 3854 | 3. Right-c lick on th e concept/ term name on the Con cept/Term Details pa nel, then | |
| 3855 | select Add Associati on from th e displaye d options. The Add Associatio n window | |
| 3856 | displays. The from concept/te rm from th e Concept/ Term Detai ls panel ( i.e., | |
| 3857 | Diabetes m ellitus) d isplays au tomaticall y in the F rom Concep t/Term fie ld, | |
| 3858 | establishi ng the Fro m portion of the Fro m/To assoc iation bet ween conce pts or | |
| 3859 | terms. | |
| 3860 | ||
| 3861 | ||
| 3862 | ||
| 3863 | The associ ation alwa ys is writ ten to the From Conc ept namesp ace (in th is case, | |
| 3864 | SNOMED-CT) , which di splays in parenthese s next to the concep t/term nam e. | |
| 3865 | 4. Drag th e relation ship to co ncept/term , Diabetes mellitus in the to namespace | |
| 3866 | (i.e., ICD -9-CM) and drop it i nto the To Concept f ield on th e Associat ions | |
| 3867 | window. T he namespa ce (in thi s case, IC D-9-CM) di splays in parenthese s next | |
| 3868 | to the con cept/term. | |
| 3869 | ||
| 3870 | ||
| 3871 | 5. The Ass ociation T ype field dropdown l ist includ es only as sociation types crea ted | |
| 3872 | in the cur rent local namespace ; select t he type of associati on you are establish ing. | |
| 3873 | In the ill ustration, Same As i s selected ; the loca l namespac e in which that | |
| 3874 | associatio n was crea ted displa ys in pare ntheses. | |
| 3875 | ||
| 3876 | ||
| 3877 | 6. Select the approp riate qual ifiers for this asso ciation us ing the Qu alifier Ty pe field | |
| 3878 | dropdown l ist, then enter the value for each quali fier type. | |
| 3879 | 7. Click O K to updat e the SNOM ED CT name space with the assoc iation of the | |
| 3880 | concept di abetes mel litus betw een the na mespaces S NOMED CT a nd ICD-9- | |
| 3881 | CM. Click Cancel to ignore th e new asso ciation. | |
| 3882 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3883 | Page 140 of 147 | |
| 3884 | View and E dit an Exi sting Asso ciation | |
| 3885 | Follow thi s procedur e to view or edit an associati on definit ion and ta rget conce pt value | |
| 3886 | for a conc ept by rig ht clickin g on the c oncept nam e in the C oncept/Ter m Details panel. | |
| 3887 | 1. Drag th e from con cept/term in the fro m/to relat ionship yo u want to view into the | |
| 3888 | Concept/Te rm Details panel. | |
| 3889 | 2. On the Concept/Te rm Details panel, ex pand the A ssociation s folder t o display | |
| 3890 | existing a ssociation s for the concept. | |
| 3891 | 3. Right-c lick on th e associat ion for wh ich you wa nt to view or edit d etails, th en | |
| 3892 | select Mod ify Associ ation from the displ ayed optio ns. The M odify Asso ciation | |
| 3893 | window dis plays. | |
| 3894 | ||
| 3895 | ||
| 3896 | ||
| 3897 | The concep t/term fro m the Conc ept/Term D etails pan el display s in the F rom | |
| 3898 | Concept/Te rm (drop t arget) fie ld; this e stablishes the From portion of the | |
| 3899 | From/To as sociation. The name space in w hich the f rom concep t resides displays | |
| 3900 | in bracket s. | |
| 3901 | ||
| 3902 | The target concept/t erm in the associati on display s in the T o Concept/ Term (drop | |
| 3903 | target) fi eld. The type of as sociation (e.g., App roach) tha t was esta blished | |
| 3904 | displays i n the Asso ciation Ty pe field. | |
| 3905 | 4. The mod ified asso ciation th at you ent er will be written t o the loca l namespac e | |
| 3906 | where the associatio n type is defined. In the Ass ociation T ype field list, sele ct the | |
| 3907 | type of as sociation between th e concepts or terms. Associat ion types from the | |
| 3908 | current lo cal namesp ace are li sted alpha betically (see Assoc iation Typ es). | |
| 3909 | ||
| 3910 | You have t he option of filteri ng the ass ociation t ypes that are availa ble from t he | |
| 3911 | Associatio n Type fie ld dropdow n list by creating a pre-defin ed, filter ed list of | |
| 3912 | types. Wh en you att empt to se lect an as sociation type from the Associ ation Type | |
| 3913 | field drop down list, or select an altern ate associ ation type , only the pre-selec ted | |
| 3914 | types will be includ ed in the list. Ref er to the Filter Ass ociation T ypes discu ssion. | |
| 3915 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3916 | Page 141 of 147 | |
| 3917 | 5. For eac h associat ion you ca n add or r emove one or more qu alifiers, each of wh ich | |
| 3918 | consists o f an estab lished qua lifier typ e and valu e. Qualif iers provi de additio nal | |
| 3919 | detail reg arding the nature of a concept or term a ssociation (e.g., Us ually). F rom | |
| 3920 | the Qualif ier Type f ield dropd own list, select a n ew qualifi er type to assign to this | |
| 3921 | associatio n. The li st include s only tho se associa tion quali fier types that were | |
| 3922 | created in the same local name space wher e the sele cted assoc iation typ e was | |
| 3923 | created. | |
| 3924 | 6. Click A dd after y ou specify the Quali fier Type and Qualif ier Value; both are | |
| 3925 | added to t he display area in t he lower p ortion of the window . | |
| 3926 | ||
| 3927 | To remove an individ ual qualif ier type/v alue combi nation fro m the asso ciation, | |
| 3928 | highlight the approp riate line in the di splay area and click Remove. To clear a ll | |
| 3929 | existing q ualifier t ype/value combinatio ns, click Clear. | |
| 3930 | ||
| 3931 | You have t he option of filteri ng the ass ociation q ualifier t ypes that are availa ble | |
| 3932 | from the Q ualifier T ype field dropdown l ist by cre ating a pr e-defined, filtered list | |
| 3933 | of types. When you attempt to select an associati on qualifi er type fr om the | |
| 3934 | Qualifier Type field dropdown list, or s elect an a lternate Q ualifier t ype, only the | |
| 3935 | pre-select ed types w ill be inc luded in t he list. Refer to t he Filter Associatio n | |
| 3936 | Qualifier Types disc ussion ear lier in th e guide. | |
| 3937 | 7. Click O K to updat e the know ledgebase with your associatio n edits. Click Canc el | |
| 3938 | to ignore the edits. | |
| 3939 | Delete an Associatio n | |
| 3940 | Follow thi s procedur e to delet e an assoc iation tha t exists b etween con cepts or t erms | |
| 3941 | within a n amespace, or across namespaces . The ass ociation t ype for th e associat ion you | |
| 3942 | want to de lete must exist in a local nam espace in order for you to del ete the as sociation. | |
| 3943 | 1. Drag th e from con cept/term in the ass ociation y ou want to delete in to the | |
| 3944 | Concept/Te rm Details panel. | |
| 3945 | 2. On the Concept/Te rm Details panel, ex pand the A ssociation s folder t o display | |
| 3946 | existing a ssociation s for the concept. | |
| 3947 | 3. Right-c lick on th e associat ion you wa nt to dele te (in a s ubscriptio n namespac e, | |
| 3948 | the associ ation shou ld be in i talics) th en select Delete Ass ociation f rom the | |
| 3949 | displayed options. A delete c onfirmatio n window d isplays. | |
| 3950 | ||
| 3951 | ||
| 3952 | 4. Click O K to delet e the conc ept/term a ssociation from the local name space to | |
| 3953 | which it w as written originall y. Click Cancel to ignore the deletion. | |
| 3954 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3955 | Page 142 of 147 | |
| 3956 | Code and I D Generato r | |
| 3957 | Introducti on | |
| 3958 | Concept co des and co ncept IDs are identi fiers gene rated auto matically and assign ed to | |
| 3959 | each new c oncept or term you c reate thro ugh the DT S Editor. The conce pt code an d ID | |
| 3960 | display in the Conce pt Tree pa nel (in pa rentheses) next to e ach concep t name whe n you | |
| 3961 | right-clic k on the c oncept nam e. | |
| 3962 | The defaul t format f or each ne w generate d ID is th e next ava ilable num ber in seq uence. | |
| 3963 | The defaul t format f or each ne w code gen erated is a prefix o f letter C for conce pts, or | |
| 3964 | letter T f or terms, followed b y the next available number in sequence (e.g., C1, C2, C3, | |
| 3965 | T1, T2, T3 , etc.). The defaul t format f or new con cept code and ID gen eration is defined | |
| 3966 | in the cla ss com.ape lon.dts.cl ient.plugi ns.Default CodeAndIdG enerator. | |
| 3967 | You have t he option of writing and “regi stering” o ne or more customize d code and ID | |
| 3968 | generators . Each ne w generato r can defi ne paramet ers for ge neration o f new code s and | |
| 3969 | IDs based on formats of your o wn design. Each new generator would ext end | |
| 3970 | CodeAndIdG enerator b ased on th e new clas s in com.a pelon.dts. client.com mon. | |
| 3971 | To create a new code and ID ge nerator, y ou first m ust write and compil e a java c lass for | |
| 3972 | it (and pl ace the co mpiled cus tom code a nd ID gene rator unde r a plugin s subfolde r of | |
| 3973 | their DTS installati on). You then must register t he new cod e generato r .class f ile (which | |
| 3974 | makes it t he current generator for creat ion of cod es and IDs for new c oncepts or terms in | |
| 3975 | the DTS Ed itor). Pr ocedures f or each of these ste ps are pro vided. | |
| 3976 | Writing an d Compilin g a Code a nd ID Gene rator | |
| 3977 | A code gen erator is a java cla ss that mu st extend the abstra ct CodeAnd IdGenerato r class | |
| 3978 | found in p ackage: co m.apelon.d ts.client. common. Th ere are th ree method s that mus t be | |
| 3979 | implemente d in the j ava class, getCode ( DTSobjectc onceptOrTe rm) getId | |
| 3980 | (DTSobject conceptOrT erm) and g etDescript ion(). Ea ch method is describ ed. | |
| 3981 | • getCode( DTSobject conceptOrT erm) – the return va lue from t his method will be | |
| 3982 | passed to the concep t for whic h a code m ust be ass igned. Thi s method s hould | |
| 3983 | return a J ava string type of 3 2 characte rs or less . This cod e will be assigned t o the | |
| 3984 | concept wh en the con cept is sa ved in the DTS Edito r. | |
| 3985 | • getDescr iption() w ill return a Java st ring that describes the code g eneration | |
| 3986 | method for this code generatio n class. Y ou will se e this des cription i n the DTS | |
| 3987 | Editor, wh en you sel ect a code generator from the Register C ode Genera tor | |
| 3988 | window (th is window is discuss ed in deta il later). | |
| 3989 | • getId (D TSobject c onceptOrTe rm) | |
| 3990 | An example of a code generator class is shown; not e that the .class fi le must ha ve a | |
| 3991 | unique nam e. The me thods desc ribed are shown in t he example . | |
| 3992 | ||
| 3993 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 3994 | Page 143 of 147 | |
| 3995 | ||
| 3996 | ||
| 3997 | ||
| 3998 | ||
| 3999 | ||
| 4000 | ||
| 4001 | ||
| 4002 | ||
| 4003 | ||
| 4004 | ||
| 4005 | ||
| 4006 | ||
| 4007 | ||
| 4008 | ||
| 4009 | ||
| 4010 | ||
| 4011 | ||
| 4012 | ||
| 4013 | ||
| 4014 | ||
| 4015 | ||
| 4016 | ||
| 4017 | ||
| 4018 | ||
| 4019 | ||
| 4020 | ||
| 4021 | ||
| 4022 | Note: Code generator s must be placed in package: c om.apelon. dts.client .plugins a nd | |
| 4023 | must exten d class: c om.apelon. dts.client .common.Co deAndIdGen erator. | |
| 4024 | package co m.apelon.d ts.client. plugins; | |
| 4025 | ||
| 4026 | import com .apelon.ap elonserver .client.Se rverConnec tion; | |
| 4027 | import com .apelon.dt s.client.c ommon.Code AndIDGener ator; | |
| 4028 | import com .apelon.dt s.client.c ommon.DTSO bject; | |
| 4029 | import com .apelon.dt s.client.t erm.Term; | |
| 4030 | ||
| 4031 | import jav a.util.Ran dom; | |
| 4032 | ||
| 4033 | /** | |
| 4034 | * Sample code and I D generato r that gen erates a r andom ID a nd corresp onding | |
| 4035 | * code fo r the pass ed concept or term. | |
| 4036 | */ | |
| 4037 | public cla ss SampleC odeAndIdGe nerator ex tends Code AndIDGener ator { | |
| 4038 | private String fCo de; | |
| 4039 | private int fId = -1; | |
| 4040 | ||
| 4041 | /** | |
| 4042 | * Const ructor pas sing serve r connecti on. The s erver conn ection can be used | |
| 4043 | * to in stantiate DTS query classes in case they are neede d to deter mine a | |
| 4044 | * uniqu e code and ID. The server con nection is not used in this sa mple code | |
| 4045 | * and I D generato r. | |
| 4046 | * | |
| 4047 | * @para m sc server connectio n | |
| 4048 | */ | |
| 4049 | public S ampleCodeA ndIdGenera tor(Server Connection sc) { | |
| 4050 | super( sc); | |
| 4051 | } | |
| 4052 | ||
| 4053 | public S tring getC ode(DTSObj ect concep tOrTerm) { | |
| 4054 | if (fC ode == nul l) { | |
| 4055 | setR andomCodeA ndID(conce ptOrTerm); | |
| 4056 | } | |
| 4057 | ||
| 4058 | return fCode; | |
| 4059 | } | |
| 4060 | ||
| 4061 | private void setRa ndomCodeAn dID(DTSObj ect concep tOrTerm) { | |
| 4062 | Random r = new R andom(); | |
| 4063 | fId = r.nextInt( ); | |
| 4064 | if (co nceptOrTer m instance of Term) { | |
| 4065 | fCod e = "T" + fId; | |
| 4066 | } else { | |
| 4067 | fCod e = "C" + fId; | |
| 4068 | } | |
| 4069 | } | |
| 4070 | ||
| 4071 | public i nt getId(D TSObject c onceptOrTe rm) { | |
| 4072 | if (fI d == -1) { | |
| 4073 | setR andomCodeA ndID(conce ptOrTerm); | |
| 4074 | } | |
| 4075 | ||
| 4076 | return fId; | |
| 4077 | } | |
| 4078 | ||
| 4079 | public S tring getD escription () { | |
| 4080 | return "Generate s a random ID for a new concep t or term. " | |
| 4081 | + "For the code it prepend s a capita l \"C\" to the gener ated ID of a concept , " | |
| 4082 | + "or a capital \"T\" to t he ID of a term."; | |
| 4083 | } | |
| 4084 | } | |
| 4085 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 4086 | Page 144 of 147 | |
| 4087 | The comppl ugins.bat file inclu ded in the DTS insta ll is loca ted in the bin\edito r | |
| 4088 | directory, under the DTS main directory. To compil e a code a nd ID gene rator sour ce file, | |
| 4089 | place the source fil e in this directory: | |
| 4090 | ||
| 4091 | DTSIn stall\plug ins\src\co m\apelon\d ts\client\ plugins | |
| 4092 | Run the co mpplugins. bat file. You must h ave the pa th to your JDK on yo ur PATH | |
| 4093 | environmen t variable for this .bat file to compile your code and ID ge nerator. Y our | |
| 4094 | compiled c ode and ID generator now will be availab le in the DTS Editor . | |
| 4095 | You also m ay use you r own thir d-party ja va source editor (e. g., JBuild er, Visual Age) to | |
| 4096 | compile yo ur code an d ID gener ator. You will need the Apelon DTS.jar on your | |
| 4097 | CLASSPATH to compile ; this .ja r file wil l contain the CodeAn d IdGenera tor class that | |
| 4098 | all code a nd ID gene rators mus t extend. | |
| 4099 | ||
| 4100 | After you compile th e class su ccessfully , place th e resultin g .class f ile into t his direct ory | |
| 4101 | on your lo cal hard d rive: | |
| 4102 | Apelon\ DT SInstall\p lugins\cla sses\com\a pelon\dts\ client\plu gins | |
| 4103 | This path originates from the location o f your DTS Editor in stall. Onl y code and ID | |
| 4104 | generators placed in this dire ctory will be availa ble while using the DTS Editor . | |
| 4105 | Registerin g a Code a nd ID Gene rator | |
| 4106 | Follow the se procedu res to reg ister a ne w code and ID genera tor. All concepts c reated | |
| 4107 | thereafter will have codes and IDs gener ated based on the re gistered g enerator | |
| 4108 | parameters . | |
| 4109 | 1. Select Code and I D Generato r from the DTS Edito r main win dow Option s | |
| 4110 | menu. The Select Co de and ID Generator window dis plays. | |
| 4111 | ||
| 4112 | ||
| 4113 | ||
| 4114 | The window lists eac h code and ID genera tor for wh ich a Java class fil e was | |
| 4115 | created, c ompiled, a nd placed in the plu gins\class es\com\ape lon\dts\cl ient\ | |
| 4116 | plugins di rectory. The code a nd ID gene rator curr ently in e ffect disp lays at th e | |
| 4117 | top of the window. | |
| 4118 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 4119 | Page 145 of 147 | |
| 4120 | Note: The sample fil e DefaultC odeAndIdGe nerator.ja va is incl uded in th e | |
| 4121 | plugins\sr c\com\apel on\dts\cli ent\plugin s director y. Run th e file | |
| 4122 | compplugin s.bat in t he DTSInst all\bin\ed itor direc tory to co mpile this Java file | |
| 4123 | for the sa mple code and ID gen erator. | |
| 4124 | ||
| 4125 | com.apelon .dts.clien t.plugins. DefaultCod eAndIdGene rator then displays as an | |
| 4126 | option in the Select Code and ID Generat or window. | |
| 4127 | 2. Click t he desired code and ID generat or to sele ct it. A brief desc ription of the | |
| 4128 | code forma t that is generated displays. | |
| 4129 | ||
| 4130 | ||
| 4131 | ||
| 4132 | The defaul t format f or each ne w generate d ID is th e next ava ilable num ber in | |
| 4133 | sequence. The defau lt format for each n ew code ge nerated is the newly generated | |
| 4134 | ID, with a prefix of letter C for concep ts, or let ter T for terms (e.g ., the new IDs 1, | |
| 4135 | 2, and 3 w ould gener ate codes of C1, C2, C3, etc, for concep ts, and T1 , T2, T3, | |
| 4136 | etc. for t erms). | |
| 4137 | 3. Click O K to regis ter the ne w code and ID genera tor. Each new conce pt created | |
| 4138 | from this point will be assign ed an ID a nd code ba sed on the associate d generato r | |
| 4139 | parameters in the ja va class f ile. | |
| 4140 | Duplicate Codes | |
| 4141 | If the new code and ID generat or you reg istered cr eates a co de that is identical to one | |
| 4142 | already in the knowl edgebase, a message displays i ndicating that The c oncept/ter m | |
| 4143 | already ex ists!. | |
| 4144 | You have t he followi ng two opt ions at th is point: | |
| 4145 | 1. Click O K. The co ncept or t erm will n ot be crea ted. Try creating t he concept or | |
| 4146 | term again ; possibly the code and ID gen erator wil l generate a unique code and I D | |
| 4147 | the next t ime. | |
| 4148 | 2. If dupl icate code s are bein g generate d on a con sistent ba sis, regis ter a diff erent or | |
| 4149 | updated co de and ID generator on the Sel ect Code a nd ID Gene rator wind ow. | |
| 4150 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 4151 | Page 146 of 147 | |
| 4152 | Sample Cod e and ID G enerator | |
| 4153 | An alterna tive, "sam ple" code and ID gen erator is available with DTS . Rather t han | |
| 4154 | automatica lly genera ting a cod e and ID l ike the de fault code and ID ge nerator, i t permits | |
| 4155 | you to man ually ente r the code and ID fo r a new co ncept or t erm. | |
| 4156 | The class name is co m.apelon.d ts.client. plugins.Pr omptForCod eAndId; it will be | |
| 4157 | included i n the list of code a nd ID gene rators unt il you com pile it by running t he | |
| 4158 | compplugin s.bat file . The sou rce in DTS Install\pl ugins\src\ com\apelon \dts\clien t\ | |
| 4159 | plugins wi ll be comp iled into the output directory DTSInstal l\plugins\ classes\co m | |
| 4160 | \apelon \d ts\client\ plugins. | |
| 4161 | ||
| 4162 | ||
| 4163 | © 1999-20 09 Apelon, Inc. All Rights Re served. | |
| 4164 | Page 147 of 147 | |
| 4165 | Appendix A – Adjust Memory for Remote JD BC Connect ions | |
| 4166 | DTS loads the Lexico n dictiona ry wheneve r you perf orm a silo search us ing the DT S | |
| 4167 | Editor. I f you use a Remote J DBC connec tion to th e database , and expe rience Out of | |
| 4168 | Memory err ors when y ou attempt silo sear ches, you may need t o increase the amoun t of | |
| 4169 | heap memor y configur ed for the DTS Edito r. | |
| 4170 | Perform th e followin g procedur e to adjus t the inst alled heap memory. | |
| 4171 | 1. Right-c lick the A pelon DTS Editor sel ection on the Window s Start me nu | |
| 4172 | (Programs> Apelon>DTS Install>Ap elon DTS E ditor). | |
| 4173 | 2. When th e options list displ ays, click Propertie s. The Ape lon DTS Ed itor | |
| 4174 | Properties window di splays, wi th the Sho rtcut tab selected. | |
| 4175 | ||
| 4176 | ||
| 4177 | 3. In the Target fie ld, set th e value fo r the firs t argument to the de sired maxi mum | |
| 4178 | Java heap size (cons ider the t otal amoun t of memor y you have available when | |
| 4179 | deciding h ow much to allocate to the DTS Editor). Replace t he install ed default | |
| 4180 | value of 2 56, which refers to the amount of heap m emory in m egabytes. | |
| 4181 | 4. Click O K to reset the heap size value . | |
| 4182 | 5. Confirm that the Apelon DTS Server is running ( Start>Prog rams>Apelo n> | |
| 4183 | DTSInstall >Start Ape lon DTS Se rver) then start the DTS Edito r. | |
| 4184 | Back to To p | |
| 4185 | Set New | |
| 4186 | Heap Size |
Araxis Merge (but not the data content of this report) is Copyright © 1993-2016 Araxis Ltd (www.araxis.com). All rights reserved.